WO2009152025A1 - Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah - Google Patents

Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009152025A1
WO2009152025A1 PCT/US2009/046241 US2009046241W WO2009152025A1 WO 2009152025 A1 WO2009152025 A1 WO 2009152025A1 US 2009046241 W US2009046241 W US 2009046241W WO 2009152025 A1 WO2009152025 A1 WO 2009152025A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
methyl
phenyl
imidazol
chlorophenyl
halo
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2009/046241
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Linus S. Lin
Marc D. Chioda
Ping Liu
Ravi P. Nargund
Original Assignee
Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck & Co., Inc. filed Critical Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority to AU2009257748A priority Critical patent/AU2009257748A1/en
Priority to JP2011513583A priority patent/JP2011523959A/en
Priority to EP09763316A priority patent/EP2300438A4/en
Priority to US12/996,429 priority patent/US8455528B2/en
Priority to CA2727245A priority patent/CA2727245A1/en
Publication of WO2009152025A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009152025A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4174Arylalkylimidazoles, e.g. oxymetazolin, naphazoline, miconazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/41781,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06Antimigraine agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/84Sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/10Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/14Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • Fatty acid amide hydrolase is an enzyme that is abundantly expressed throughout the CNS (Freund et al. Physiol. Rev.
  • FAAH hydrolyzes the fatty acid amide (FAA) family of endogenous signaling lipids.
  • FAA fatty acid amide
  • General classes of fatty acid amides include the N- acylethanolamides (NAEs) and fatty acid primary amides (FAPAs).
  • NAEs examples include anandamide (AEA), palmitoylethanolamide (PEA) and oleoylethanolamide (OEA).
  • An example of FAPAs includes 9-Z-octadecenamide or oleamide.
  • AEA anandamide
  • PDA palmitoylethanolamide
  • OEA oleoylethanolamide
  • FAPAs includes 9-Z-octadecenamide or oleamide.
  • Another class of fatty acid amide family of endogenous signaling lipids is N-acyl taurines that have also been shown to be elevated upon FAAH deletion or inhibition and appear to act on transient receptor potential (TRP) family of calcium channels, although the functional consequences are not yet clear (Saghatelian A, et al. Biochemistry. 2004, 43:14332-9, Saghatelian A, et al.
  • FAAH can also hydrolyze certain fatty acid esters, such as, for example, 2- arachidonylglycerol (2-AG) another endocannabinoid (Mechoulam et al. Biochem. Pharmacol. 1995; 50:83-90; Stella et al. Nature, 1997; 388:773-778; Suguria et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1995; 215:89-97).
  • 2- arachidonylglycerol 2-AG
  • FAAH Inhibition of FAAH is expected to lead to an increase in the level of anandamide and other fatty acid amides. This increase in fatty acid amides leads to an increase in the noiceptive threshold.
  • inhibitors of FAAH are useful in the treatment of pain (Cravatt, BF; Lichtman, AH Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 2003, 7, 469-475).
  • Such inhibitors are useful in the treatment of other disorders that can be treated using fatty acid amides or modulators of cannabinoid receptors, such as, for example, anxiety, sleep disorder, Alzheimer disease, and Parkinson's disease, eating disorders, metabolic disorders, cardiovascular disorders, and inflammation (Simon et al Archives of Gen. Psychiatry, 2006, 63, 824-830.
  • FAAH inhibitor compounds may be peripherally restricted and may not substantially affect neural disorders, such as, for example, depression and anxiety.
  • agonism of cannabinoid receptors has also been shown to reduce the progression of atherosclerosis in animal models (see Steffens et al. Nature, 2005, 434, 782-786; and Steffens et al., Curr Opin. Lipid., 2006, 17, 519-526).
  • increasing the level of endogenous cannabinergic fatty acid amides e.g., anandamide
  • Inhibition of FAAH also leads to elevation of palmitoylethanolamide which is thought to work, in part, through activation of the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇ (PPAR- ⁇ ) to regulate multiple pathways including, for example, pain perception in neuropathic and inflammatory conditions such as convulsions, neurotoxicity, spacticity and to reduce inflammation, for example, in atopic eczema and arthritis (LoVerme J et al. The nuclear receptor peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-alpha mediates the anti-inflammatory actions of palmitoylethanolamide. MoI Pharmacol 2005, 67, 15-19; LoVerme J et al The search for the palmitoylethanolamide receptor.
  • PPAR- ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇
  • inhibition of FAAH is useful for the treatment of various pain and inflammatory conditions, such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, skeletomuscular pain, and fibromyalgia.
  • fatty acid amides such as, for example, OEA
  • PPAR- ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇
  • human adipose tissue has been shown to bind and metabolize endocannabinoids such as anandamide and 2-arachidonylglycerol (see Spoto et al., Biochimie 2006, 88, 1889-1897; and Matias et al. , J. Clin. Endocrin. & Met., 2006, 91 , 3171-3180).
  • FAAH inhibitors do not cause adverse side effects such as rash, fatigue, headache, erectile dysfunction, and, more rarely, anemia, leukopenia, angioedema, and hepatitis (see, e.g., Muscari et al. Cardiology, 2002, 97: 115-121).
  • FAAH inhibitors increase the levels of endogenous fatty acid amides.
  • FAAH inhibitors block the degradation of endocannabinoids and increase the tissue levels of these endogenous substances.
  • FAAH inhibitors can be used in this respect in the prevention and treatment of pathologies in which endogenous cannabinoids and or any other substrates metabolized by the FAAH enzyme are involved.
  • FAAH inhibitors that are biologically compatible could be effective pharmaceutical compounds when formulated as therapeutic agents for any clinical indication where FAAH enzymatic inhibition is desired.
  • FAAH activity in peripheral tissues can be preferentially inhibited
  • FAAH inhibitors that do substantially cross the blood-brain-barrier can be used to preferentially inhibit FAAH activity in peripheral tissues.
  • FAAH inhibitors that preferentially inhibit FAAH activity in peripheral tissues can minimize the effects of FAAH inhibition in the central nervous system. In some embodiments, it is preferred to inhibit FAAH activity in peripheral tissues and minimize FAAH inhibition in the central nervous system.
  • the present invention is directed to certain imidazole derivatives which are useful as inhibitors of Fatty Acid Amide Hydrolase (FAAH).
  • Fatty Acid Amide Hydrolase FAAH
  • the invention is also concerned with pharmaceutical formulations comprising these compounds as active ingredients and the use of the compounds and their formulations in the treatment of certain disorders, including osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, skeletomuscular pain, and fibromyalgia, as well as acute pain, migraine, sleep disorder, Alzheimer disease, and Parkinson's disease.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula I and II:
  • X is S or SO; Rl 2 ls selected from the group consisting of:
  • choice (1) and (2) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • R6,R7, R8, R9, RlO, R ⁇ , R12 ; Rl3 j R 14 5 R15, RlO 1 Rn 9 RlS 3 RIg a nd R20, are each independently selected from H and C1.4a.kyl, or
  • R6 and R7 or R « and R9 or RlO and Rl 1 or Rl3 and Rl 4 or Rl 5 and Rl 6 or Rl 7 and RlS or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5-membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, oxo, C 1 _4alkyl, hydroxyC 1 _4alkyl, haloC 1 -4alkyl, -C(0)-C 1 -4alkyl and -S(O)nC 1 -4alkyl;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) aryl,
  • Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
  • choice of (1) to (9) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R 4 and R 5 , which are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R.6, R7, Rl 0 ? Rl I 3 Rl 9 and R20 are each independently selected from H and C ⁇ 4alkyl, or R ⁇ and R? or Rl O and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R ⁇ O are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di -substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, Cj-4alkyl 3 -C(O)- C 1 -4alkyl and -S(O)nC 1 _4alkyl.
  • Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
  • pyridazinyl optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of (a) -C 1 -4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy,
  • RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 f 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di- substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1 -4alkyl, -C(O)-C 1 - 4alkyl and -S(O)nC 1 -4alkyl.
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (D aryl,
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • IIS is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • choice of (1) to (9) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R ⁇ and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R ⁇ , R?, RlO, Rl 1 , Rl9 and R2O are each independently selected from H and C ⁇ -4alkyl, or
  • RO and R? or RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 > 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C ⁇ 4alkyl, -C(O)- C 1 -4alkyl and -S(O)nC ⁇ 4alkyl;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) halo,
  • Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
  • RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing I 7 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di- substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1.4a.kyl, -C(O)-C 1 -
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) phenyl,
  • pyrazolyl wherein choice (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, 0C 1 ⁇ 4alkyl optially substituted with halogen, ⁇ C 1 -4haloalkyl, hydroxyl and CN; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers and can thus occur as racemates and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. Additional asymmetric centers may be present depending upon the nature of the various substituents on the molecule. Each such asymmetric center will independently produce two optical isomers and it is intended that all of the possible optical isomers and diastereomers in mixtures and as pure or partially purified compounds are included within the ambit of this invention. The present invention is meant to comprehend all such isomeric forms of these compounds.
  • Formula ⁇ shows the structure of the class of compounds without preferred stereochemistry.
  • the coupling reaction is often the formation of salts using an enantiomerically pure acid or base.
  • the diasteromeric derivatives may then be converted to the pure enantiomers by cleavage of the added chiral residue.
  • the racemic mixture of the compounds can also be separated directly by chromatographic methods utilizing chiral stationary phases, which methods are well known in the art.
  • any enantiomer of a compound may be obtained by stereoselective synthesis using optically pure starting materials or reagents of known configuration by methods well known in the art.
  • halogen or halo includes F, Cl, Br, and I.
  • alkyl means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
  • C 1 _6 a lkyl includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, s- and t-butyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, 1,1 -dimethyl ethyl.
  • alkoxy means alkoxy groups of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration having the indicated number of carbon atoms. C ⁇ galkoxy, for example, includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, and the like.
  • alkylthio means alkylthio groups having the indicated number of carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration.
  • C 1 -galkylthio for example, includes methylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, and the like.
  • alkenyl means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to- carbon double bond, wherein hydrogen may be replaced by an additional carbon-to-carbon double bond, C2-6 a &enyl, for example, includes ethenyl, propenyl, 1-methylethenyl, butenyl and the like.
  • alkynyl means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to-carbon triple bond.
  • C3- 6alkynyl for example, includes propynyl, 1 -methyl ethynyl, butynyl and the like.
  • cycloalkyl means mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic structures, optionally combined with linear or branched structures, the indicated number of carbon atoms.
  • examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclododecylmethyl, 2-ethyl-1- bicyclo[4.4.0]decyl, and the like.
  • aryl is defined as a mono- or bi-cyclic aromatic ring system and includes, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
  • aralkyl means an alkyl group as defined above of 1 to 6 carbon atoms with an aryl group as defined above substituted for one of the alkyl hydrogen atoms, for example, benzyl and the like.
  • aryloxy means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aryl-O) and includes, for example, phenoxy, naphthoxy and the like.
  • aralkoxy means an aralkyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aralkyl-O) and includes, for example, benzyloxy, and the like.
  • arylthio is defined as an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by a sulfur atom (aryl-S) and includes, for example, thiophenyoxy, thionaphthoxy and the like.
  • aroyl means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an carbonyl group (aryl-C(O)-) and includes, for example, benzoyl, naphthoyl and the like.
  • aroyloxy means an aroyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aroyl-O) and includes, for example, benzoyloxy or benzoxy, naphthoyloxy and the like.
  • HET such as in “HETl”, “HET2”, “HET3”, “HET4", and “HET5" is defined as a 5- to 10-membered aromatic, partially aromatic or non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring, containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, and optionally substituted with 1-2 oxo groups. Where applicable, the Het group shall be defined to include the N-oxide.
  • HET is a 5- or ⁇ -membered aromatic or non-aromatic monocyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, for example, pyridine, pyrrolidine, pyridazine, furan, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, isooxazole and the like
  • HET is a 9- or 10-membered aromatic or partially aromatic bicyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, for example, benzofuran, benzolhiophene, indole, pyranopyrrole, benzopyran, quionoline, benzocyclohexyl, naphtyridme and the like.
  • HAT also includes the following: benzimidazolyl, benzofurany ⁇ , benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, cmnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, indolazinyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridopyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolyl, quinoxalinyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl
  • each reference to a group is independent of all other references to the same group when referred to in the Specification.
  • Rl and R2 are HET
  • the definitions of HET are independent of each other and Rl and R2 may be different HET groups, for example furan and thiophene.
  • the ability of the compounds of Formula I to selectively inhibit FAAH makes them useful for treating, preventing or reversing the progression of a variety of inflammatory and non-inflammatory diseases and conditions.
  • FAAH enzymatic activity include, for example, Alzheimer's Disease, schizophrenia, depression, alcoholism, addiction, suicide, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, stroke, emesis, miscarriage, embryo implantation, endotoxic shock, liver cirrhosis, atherosclerosis, cancer, traumatic head injury, glaucoma, and bone cement implantation syndrome.
  • FAAH activity includes, for example, multiple sclerosis, retinitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, immunodeficiency virus-induced encephalitis, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, pain, nociceptive pain, neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, noninflammatory pain, painful hemorrhagic cystitis, obesity, hyperlipidemia, metabolic disorders, feeding and fasting, alteration of appetite, stress, memory, aging, hypertension, septic shock, cardiogenic shock, intestinal inflammation and motility, irritable bowel syndrome, colitis, diarrhea, ileitis, ischemia, cerebral ischemia, hepatic ischemia, myocardial infarction, cerebral excitotoxicity, seizures, febrile seizures, neurotoxicity, neuropathies, sleep, induction of sleep, prolongation of sleep, insomnia, and inflammatory diseases.
  • multiple sclerosis retinitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, immunodeficiency virus-induced encephalitis, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder,
  • Neurological and psychological disorders that would benefit from inhibition of FAAH activity include, for example, pain, depression, anxiety, generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), obsessive compulsive disorders, stress, stress urinary incontinence, attention deficit hyperactivity disorders, schizophrenia, psychosis, Parkinson's disease, muscle spasticity, epilepsy, diskenesia, seizure disorders, jet lag, and insomnia.
  • GAD generalized anxiety disorder
  • obsessive compulsive disorders stress, stress urinary incontinence
  • attention deficit hyperactivity disorders schizophrenia, psychosis, Parkinson's disease, muscle spasticity, epilepsy, diskenesia, seizure disorders, jet lag, and insomnia.
  • FAAH inhibitors can also be used in the treatment of a variety of metabolic syndromes, diseases, disorders and/or conditions, including but not limited to, insulin resistance syndrome, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, obesity, atherosclerosis and arteriosclerosis.
  • FAAH inhibitors are useful in the treatment of a variety of painful syndromes, diseases, disorders and/or conditions, including but not limited to those characterized by non-inflammatory pain, inflammatory pain, peripheral neuropathic pain, central pain, deafferentiation pain, chronic nociceptive pain, stimulus of nociceptive receptors, phantom and transient acute pain.
  • Inhibition of FAAH activity can also be used in the treatment of a variety of conditions involving inflammation. These conditions include, but are not limited to arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, shoulder tendonitis or bursitis, gouty arthritis, and aolymyalgia rheumatica), organ-specific inflammatory diseases (such as thyroiditis, hepatitis, inflammatory bowel diseases), asthma, other autoimmune diseases (such as multiple sclerosis), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), allergic rhinitis, and cardiovascular diseases.
  • arthritis such as rheumatoid arthritis, shoulder tendonitis or bursitis, gouty arthritis, and aolymyalgia rheumatica
  • organ-specific inflammatory diseases such as thyroiditis, hepatitis, inflammatory bowel diseases
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • allergic rhinitis and cardiovascular diseases.
  • FAAH inhibitors are useful in preventing neurodegeneration or for neuroprotection.
  • one of its substrates, anandamide acts as a substrate for COX-2, which converts anandamide to prostamides (Weber et al J Lipid. Res. 2004; 45:757).
  • Concentrations of certain prostamides may be elevated in the presence of a FAAH inhibitor.
  • Certain prostamides are associated with reduced intraocular pressure and ocular hypotensivity.
  • FAAH inhibitors may be useful for treating glaucoma.
  • FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat or reduce the risk of EMDs, which include, but are not limited to, obesity, appetite disorders, overweight, cellulite, Type I and Type Il diabetes, hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia, steatohepatitis, liver steatosis, non-alcoholic steatohepatitis, Syndrome X, insulin resistance, diabetic dyslipidemia, anorexia, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, inflammatory disorders or conditions, Alzheimer's disease, Crohn's disease, vascular inflammation, inflammatory bowel disorders, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, thrombosis, or cachexia, hi other embodiments, FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat or reduce the risk of insulin resistance syndrome and diabetes, i.e., both primary essential diabetes such as Type I Diabetes or Type Il Diabetes and secondary nonessential diabetes.
  • Administering a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of an in vivo FAAH inhibitor reduces the severity of a symptom of diabetes or the risk of developing a symptom of diabetes, such as atherosclerosis, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, liver steatosis, nephropathy, neuropathy, retinopathy, foot ulceration, or cataracts.
  • FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat food abuse behaviors, especially those liable to cause excess weight, e.g., bulimia, appetite for sugars or fats, and non-insulin-dependent diabetes.
  • FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat a subject suffering from an EMD and also suffers from a depressive disorder or from an anxiety disorder.
  • the subject is diagnosed as suffering from the depressive or psychiatric disorder prior to administration of the FAAH inhibitor composition.
  • a dose of a FAAH inhibitor that is therapeutically effective for both the EMD and the depressive or anxiety disorder is administered to the subject.
  • the subject to be treated is human.
  • the methods can also be used to treat non-human mammals. Animal models of EMDs such as those described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,946,491 are particularly useful.
  • FAAH inhibitor compositions can also be used to decrease body-weight in individuals wishing to decrease their body weight for cosmetic, but not necessarily medical considerations.
  • a FAAH inhibitor composition can be administered in combination with a drug for lowering circulating cholesterol levels (e.g., statins, niacin, f ⁇ bric acid derivatives, or bile acid binding resins).
  • a drug for lowering circulating cholesterol levels e.g., statins, niacin, f ⁇ bric acid derivatives, or bile acid binding resins.
  • FAAH inhibitor compositions can also be used in combination with a weight loss drug, e.g., orlistat or an appetite suppressant such as diethylpropion, mazindole, orlistat, phendimctrazine, phentermine, or sibutramine.
  • treating encompasses not only treating a patient to relieve the patient of the signs and symptoms of the disease or condition but also prophylactically treating an asymptomatic patient to prevent the onset of the disease or condition or preventing, slowing or reversing the progression of the disease or condition.
  • amount effective for treating is intended to mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, a system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • the term also encompasses the amount of a pharmaceutical drug that will prevent or reduce the risk of occurrence of the biological or medical event that is sought to be prevented in a tissue, a system, animal or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • treating encompasses not only treating a patient to relieve the patient of the signs and symptoms of the disease or condition but also prophylactically treating an asymptomatic patient to prevent the onset of the disease or condition or preventing, slowing or reversing the progression of the disease or condition.
  • amount effective for treating is intended to mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, a system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • the term also encompasses the amount of a pharmaceutical drug that will prevent or reduce the risk of occurrence of the biological or medical event that is sought to be prevented in a tissue, a system, animal or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
  • AIBN 2.2'-azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Some of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers.
  • the present invention is meant to comprehend such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure forms and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenedi amine, N-ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, and the like.
  • basic ion exchange resins such as
  • salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids.
  • acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p- toluenesulfonic acid, and the like.
  • Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
  • references to the compounds of Formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • the magnitude of prophylactic or therapeutic dose of a compound of Formula I will, of course, vary with the nature and the severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound of Formula I and its route of administration. It will also vary according to a variety of factors including the age, weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drag combination and response of the individual patient. In general, the daily dose from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight of a mammal, preferably 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg. On the other hand, it may be necessary to use dosages outside these limits in some cases.
  • a formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain from about 0:5 mg to about 5 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition.
  • Dosage unit forms will generally contain from about 1 mg to about 2 g of an active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg, or lOOO mg.
  • the compound of Formula I may be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques.
  • the compound of the invention is effective in the treatment of humans.
  • compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs.
  • Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Patent 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water-miscible solvents such as propylene glycol, PEGs and ethanol, or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • water-miscible solvents such as propylene glycol, PEGs and ethanol
  • an oil medium for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents maybe a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more colouring agents, one or more flavouring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • preservatives for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • colouring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
  • flavouring agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • sweetening agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
  • a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol, mannitol,
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavouring and colouring agents.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension maybe formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Cosolvents such as ethanol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycols may also be used.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • the compounds of Formula I may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug.
  • These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ambient temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ambient temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
  • Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, cosolvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
  • the compounds of the invention underwent pharmacological evaluations to determine their inhibitory effect on the enzyme FAAH (Fatty Acid Amide Hydrolase).
  • Murine (accession number NMJ)10173) and Rat FAAH (accession number NMJ324132) was amplified by reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) from brain cDNA (BD Biosciences, San Jose, CA) using primers 1 and 2 or primers 1 and 3 respectively (see Table). The resulting PCR product was ligated into pCR4 TOPO and DNA sequence confirmed.
  • the full length murine FAAPI was subcloned into the mammalian expression vector, pcDEFneo using either EcoBJ (murine) or Kpnl and £coRI (rat) restriction sites.
  • Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) were trans fected following manufacturers protocol (AMAXA). Forty eight hours post transfection, cells were trypsinized and transferred to 96 well plates in Iscove's DMEM media supplemented with 2mM Glutamine, 10% fetal calf serum, 1 mg/ml geneticin and HT
  • reaction was initiated by addition of fluorescent substrate, AMC Arachidonoyl Amide (Cayman Chemical, Arm Arbor, Michigan) to 1 ⁇ M and reaction allowed to proceed for 2 hours at room temperature. Release of fluorescence was monitored in a CytoFluor Multiplate Reader. Cells expressing the highest amount of FAAH activity were selected for study with FAAH inhibitors.
  • AMC Arachidonoyl Amide (Cayman Chemical, Arm Arbor, Michigan)
  • CHO cells expressing FAAH were used to prepare either crude cell lysate or microsome fractions.
  • tissue culture media was decanted, the monolayer washed three times with Ca ++ Mg 'h+ free PBS and cells recovered after 15 min in enzyme free dissociation media (Millipore Corp, Billerica, MA). Cells were collected by centrifuging at 2000 rpm for 15 min. and the cell pellet re-suspended with 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4) containing ImM EDTA and the protease inhibitors aprotinin (1 mg/ml) and leupeptin (100 ⁇ M).
  • the suspension was sonicated at 4 0 C and the cell lysate recovered after centrifuging at 12,000xg (14,600rpm, SS34 rotor) for 20 min at 4 0 C to form a crude pellet of cell debris, nuclei, peroxisomes, iysosomes, and mitochondria; the supernatant or cell lysate was used for FAAH enzyme assay, hi some cases, microsomes fractions enriched in FAAH were prepared by centrifuging the cell lysate further at 27,000 rpm (100,000 x g) in SW28 rotor for 50 minutes at 4 0 C.
  • the pellet containing FAAH- enriched microsomes was re-suspend in 50 mM HEPES, (pH 7,4) 1 mM EDTA, and any remaining DNA sheared by passage of material through a 23 gauge needle and aliquots of enzyme were store at -80 0 C prior to use.
  • Enzyme activity was demonstrated in a radioenzymatic test based on measuring the product of hydrolysis (ethanolamine [ 3 H]) of anandamide [ethanolamine l-.sup.3H] (American Radiolabeled Chemicals; imC 1 /ml) with FAAH (Life Sciences (1995), 56, 1999-2005 and Journal of Pharmacology and Experimented Therapeutics (1997), 283, 729-734), Analytical. Biochemistry (2003), 318, 270-5.
  • Assays are performed on either cell lysate or microsome fractions prepared as described or in whole cell format employing either the fluorescent substrate AAMCA (Cayman chemical, Ann Arbor, MI,) or 3 H ⁇ anandmaide ([ETHANOLAMINE- 1-3H] American Radiolabeled Chemicals; ImC 1 /ml).
  • AAMCA Cyman chemical, Ann Arbor, MI,
  • 3 H ⁇ anandmaide [ETHANOLAMINE- 1-3H] American Radiolabeled Chemicals; ImC 1 /ml.
  • the cell lysate or microsome assay is performed in Costar black wall, clear bottom plates by adding FAAH CHO (whole cell, cell lysate or microsome) in assay buffer (50 mM Phosphate, pH 8.0, 1 mM EDTA, 200 mM KCl, 0.2% glycerol, 0.1% fatty acid free BSA) to each well, followed by either DMSO or compound and allowed to incubate at 22-25 0 C for fifteen minutes.
  • AAMCA substrate was used to achieve a final concentration of 1 ⁇ M and reaction allowed to proceed at room temperature for 1-3 hours. Fluorescent release as a measure of FAAH activity was monitored by reading the plate in a CytoFluor Multiplate Reader (Ex:
  • assays are performed using anandamide [ethanolamine l-.sup.3H] (specific activity of 10 C 1 /mmo ⁇ ) diluted with cold anandamide to achieve a final assay concentration of 1 ⁇ M anandamide (-50,000 cpm).
  • Enzyme (CHO cell lysate, brain or liver homogenate) is incubated in assay buffer (50 mM Phosphate, pH 8.0, 1 mM EDTA, 200 mM KCl, 0.2% glycerol, 0.1 % fatty acid free BSA) with inhibitor at 25°C for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction was terminated by addition of 2 volumes of chloroform : methanol (1 :1) and mixed by vortexing. Following a centrifugation step, 2000 rpm for 10 min. at room temperature, the aqueous phase containing the released 3 H-ethanolarnide was recovered and quantitated by liquid scintillation as a reflection of FAAH enzyme activity.
  • Wilson SJ., et I A high-throughput-compatible assay for determining the activity of fatty acid amide hydrolase. Anal Biochem. 318:270-5 (2003).
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the procedures denoted in the following reaction Schemes and Examples or modifications thereof using readily available starting materials, reagents, and conventional procedures thereof well- known to a practioner of ordinary skill in the art of synthetic organic chemistry. Specific definitions of variables in the Schemes are given for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the procedures described.
  • 2,5-Dichloropyridme (5.0 g) and thiourea (2.57 g) were suspended in 50 mL of EtOH and the mixture was heated at 95 °C for 22 h.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled, and was slowly added a solution of 2.8 g of KOH in 5.0 mL of water.
  • the solution was heated at 95 °C for 2 h, cooled, poured into 100 mL of 0.5 N NaOH, made acidic with acetic acid.
  • the product was extracted with dichloromethane, washed with water, dried over MgSO 4 , and filtered. The organic layer was concentrated to give 2.3 g of the title compound.
  • Step 1 A mixture of (1 -ethoxyvmyl)tributyltin (27.1 g), 4-bromo-2-fluorobenzonitrile (15 g), and PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ⁇ (1 g) in 50 mL of toluene under nitrogen was heated at 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with H 2 O, brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered. To the organic solution was added KF/Celite (50%wt from Aldrich) and stirred for 1.5 h.
  • Step 2 The crude product of Step 1 was dissolved in 50 mL of chloroform and cooled to
  • Step 2 Methyl 4-(2- ⁇ yridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzoate (from Step 1 , 19.55 g, 70 mmol) was dissolve in T ⁇ F (160 mL), to which was added Cs 2 CO 3 (29.6 g, 91 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring for 5 min, MeI (11 mL, 175 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight at rt, the reaction was quenched with aq NH 4 Cl. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • Step 5 4-(5-Iodo-l"methyl-2-pyridin-2 ⁇ yl-lJ7-imidazol-4-yl)benzohydrazide (4.9 g, 12 mmol) was suspended in 60 mL of tri ethyl orthoformate, to which was added 1 mL of TFA. The suspension was heated at 130 °C. The reaction was cooled to rt, and the precipitate was collected, washed with hexanes and dried to give 4.8 g of the title compound.
  • Step 3 CuI (20 mg, 0.104 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (573 mg, 4.15 mmol), the product of Step 2 (770 mg, 2.0 mmol), and 4-chlorobenzenethiol (330 mg, 2.2 mmol) were added to a flask, which was flushed with N 2 . 2-Propanol (8 mL) and ethylene glycol (0.23 mL, 4.15 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 24 h. Then the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, filtered, concentrated, and the residue was subject to silica column chromatography (5-25% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound.
  • Table 1 The examples in Table 1 were prepared with the procedures described in Example 2, 3 using appropriate starting materials (amidine and ⁇ -bromoketone) shown in the table.
  • Step 2 The product of Step 1 (2.2 g, 8.7 mmol), NH 4 OAc (13.5 g, 170 mmol), and xylene
  • Step 4 To NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.12 g, 3.0 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added 4- chlorobenzenethiol (0.44 g, 3.0 mmol). After stirring for 15 min, the reaction mixture was added to the product of Step 3 (1.09 g, 3.0 mmol) and CuBr (0.65 g, 4.5 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) under argon. The resulting mixture was kept at 140 °C for 4 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was partitioned between H 2 O and EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, filtered through a thin pad of silica gel, and the filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated.
  • Step 5 To the product of Step 4 (0.38 g, 0.96 mmol) and iodomethane (1.0 mL, IM solution in THF, 1.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 5 °C under argon was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.040 g, 1.0 mmol). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the reaction was partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 (10 mL) and H 2 O (20 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with H 2 O, brine, dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by crystallization from EtOAc/hexane to give the title compound.
  • Step 1 Propionic acid (1.5 mL, 20 mrnol) was added over a period of 30 min to a stirred suspension Of Cs 2 COj (3.30 g, 10 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL), The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was suspended in DMF (25 mL), to which was added 2-bromo-1-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethanone (5.00 g, 18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h, and then partitioned between H 2 O ( 100 mL) and EtOAc/hexane (20/100 mL).
  • Step 3 The product of Step 2 was converted to the title compound following the procedure described for Step 3, 4, 5 of Example 27.
  • LC-MS m/z 407.1 [M + H] + .
  • Step 1 Methylamine (100 mL of 2M solution in THF) was charged into a 500 mL flask, to which was added 150 mL OfEt 2 O. At -78 °C, 15 g of 4-bromoacetyl benzonitrile was added, and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt. After stirring for 5 h, the reaction mixture was poured into a separatory funnel and shaken with 15% aq HaOH (20 mL). The precipitate was collected by filtration, and air-dried to give 4-(N-methylglycyl)benzonitrile,
  • Step 4 for Intermediate 7 4- ⁇ 5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2 ⁇ yl-l/i ' "imidazol-4- yl ⁇ benzohydrazide was prepared, LCMS: m/z 436, (M+ ⁇ )+.
  • Step 2 Starting with 4- ⁇ 5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4- yl ⁇ benzohydrazide (Step 1) and trimethyl orthoacetate, the title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Step 5 of Intermediate 7.
  • 1H NMR 500 MHz, (De- acetone): 8.73 (d, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.40 (d, 2H) 3 8.07 (d, 2H), 8.01 (t, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 2H) 5 4.18 (s, 3H) ⁇ 2.68 (s, 3H).
  • LCMS m/z 460 (M+H)+.
  • Example 58 The title compound was prepared from l-(4- ⁇ 5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-i ⁇ ethyI-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl ⁇ phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone (Example 58) following the procedure described for Example 55.
  • Example 61 The examples in Table 3 were prepared following similar procedures described in Example 63 using 2-[5-[(4 ⁇ chlorophenyl)thio]-4-(4-iodophenyl)-1-methyl-li/-imidazol-2-yl]pyridine (Example 61) and appropriate heterocycles as the starting materials.
  • Step 2 To the crude product of Step 1 in 1 mL of THF was added 0.1 mmol of MeMgBr
  • Step 1 A mixture of 4- ⁇ 5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-phenyl-l/- r -imidazol-4- yljbenzamide (Example 71, 35 mg, 0.083 mmol) in 3 mL of dimethylformami de-dimethyl acetal was heated at 12O°C for 30min. The volatiles were removed to afford 4- ⁇ 5-[(4- chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2-phenyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl ⁇ -N- [( 1 E)- (dimethylamino)methylene]benzamide > which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 A mixture of the crude product of Step 1 , 2 mL of acetic acid and 0.15 mL of anhydrous hydrazine was stirred at 90 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound.
  • LCMS m/z 421 (M+H)+.
  • Step 1 To 2-(4- ⁇ 5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l ⁇ methyl ⁇ 2-phenyl-1H-imidazol-4- yl ⁇ phen ⁇ l)propan-2-ol_(Exarnple 73, 300 mg, 0.69 mmol) in 4 mL of pyridine and 4 mL of acetic anhydride was added catalytic amount of DMAP.
  • Step 2 A mixture of the product of Step 1 in 3 mL of THF and diethylaluminum cyanide (IM in THF, 6.29 mL, 6.29 mmol) was stirred at 60 °C for 1 hr. The reaction was quenched with aqueous Rochelle's salt, and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were concentrated and the residue was purified by reverser phase HPLC to afford the title compound.
  • IM in THF 6.29 mL, 6.29 mmol
  • Step 3 Starting with 2-cyano-5-(2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol ⁇ 4 ⁇ yl)pyridine (Step 2) and following the procedure described in Step 2 of Example 1 , 5-(5-iodo-2 ⁇ pyridin-2-yI-1H-- imidazol-4-yl)pyridine-2-carbonitrile was prepared. LCMS: m/z 374 (M+H)+.
  • Step 4 Starting with 5-(5-iodo-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyridine-2-carbonitrile (Step 3) and following the procedure described in Step 3 of Example 1 , 5- ⁇ 5-[(4- chlorophenyl)thio]-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl ⁇ pyridine-2-carbonitrate was prepared.
  • LCMS m/z 390 (M+H)+.
  • Step 5 Starting with 5- ⁇ 5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-2-pyridin-2 ⁇ yl- l/f-imidazol-4- yl ⁇ pyridine-2-carbonitrile (compound of Step 4) and following the procedure described in
  • Example 2 the title compound was prepared.
  • Step 1 A solution of 2- ⁇ 4-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-li/- imidazol-2-yl ⁇ pyridine (Example 23, 160 mg, 0.41 mmol) and azidotrimethyltin (420 mg, 2.0 mrnol) in xylene (1.5 mL) was heated at 14O°C under nitrogen for 2 hrs.
  • Step 2 To the product of Step 1 in 1.5 mL of DMF was added K 2 CO 3 (85 mg, 0.61 mmol). After stirring at rt for 30min, MeI (0.05 mL, 0.82 mmol) was added and stirring continued for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH / MeCN, and the precipitate was collected by filtration to give the title compound.
  • Step 1 l-(6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)ethanone was dissolved in 50 mL of chloroform and cooled to 0 °C, to which was added catalytic amount Of AlCl 3 and 2.65 mL of bromine in 25 mL of chloroform. The addition of bromine lasted 1 h to keep the reaction solution at 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C overnight, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, and brine.
  • Step 2 2-Pyridinecarboximidamide HCl salt (11.7 g, 74.3 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (13.7 g, 163 mmol) were suspended in 100 mL of THF and 30 mL of water. The suspension was heated to reflux, to which was slowly added the product from the previous step (22.9 g, 82 mmol) in 70 mL of THF over 4 h. The reflux was continued overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, partially concentrated, and cooled in ice-water bath.
  • Step 3 The product from the previous step (21 g, 70 mmol) was dissolved in THF (160 mL), to which was added Cs 2 CO 3 (29.6 g, 91 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring for 5 min, MeI (11 mL, 175 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight at rt, the reaction was quenched with aq NH 4 Cl. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • Step 4 To a solution of the product from the previous step (0.3 g, 0.952 mmol), excess copper (I) trifluoromethanesulfonate benzene complex, and excess sodium methanesulf ⁇ nate was added excess N,N'-dimethylethane-l ,2-diamine. The mixture was heated at 185 °C for 90 min via microwave irradiation. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to afford l-methyl-4-[4-(raethylsulfonyl)phenyl]- 2-phenyl-1H-imidazole which was used with out further purification.
  • LCMS: [M+ 1] + 315.
  • Step 5 To a solution of Step 4 product (1.5 g, 4.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 niL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (1.07mg, 4.77 mmol) and three drops trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction was stirred at rt for 3 h. The mixture was neutralized with aqueous sodium bicarbonate and the organics were extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were then washed with aqueous sodium thiosulfate, followed by three washes with water.
  • Step 6 To a dry suspension of the Step 5 product (1.2 g, 2.73 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.75 g, 5.45 mmol), copper (I) iodide (52 mg, 0.273 mmol), and Intermediate 1 (0.476 g, 3.27 mmol) in 10 mL isopropanol under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added ethylene glycol (0.3 mL, 5.45 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C for 16 h. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Step 1 2-Bromo-5-(2-pyridin ⁇ 2-yl4-methylimidazol-4-yi)pyridine (Example 100, Step 3 product, 1.2 g, 3.98 mmol), Zn(CN) 2 (0.56 g, 4.78 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.58 g, 0.638 mmol), and DPPF (0.88 g, 1.6 mmol) were charged to a flask that was degassed and then filled with N 2 (repeated three times). Wet DMF (DMF: water 99:1 v/v, 14 mL) was added, and nitrogen was bubbled through the solution for 30 min. The reaction was heated at 120 °C overnight.
  • DMF water 99:1 v/v, 14 mL
  • Step 2 Starting with the product from the previous step and following the procedure described in Step 5 of Example 100, 5-(5-iodo-2-pyridin-2-yl-l -methyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyridine-2- carbonitrile was prepared.
  • LCMS m/z 388 (M+H)+.
  • Step 3 Starting with the product from the previous step and the 4-chlorophenyl thiol and following the procedure described in Step 6 of Example 100, 5- ⁇ 5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio] ⁇ l ⁇ methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H ⁇ imidazol-4-yl ⁇ pyridine-2-carbomtrile was prepared.
  • 1H NMR 500 MHz, (CDCl 3 ): 9.57 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 7.88 (t, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H) 3 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 4.17 (s, 3H).
  • LCMS m/z 404 (M+H)+.
  • Step 4 To the product from the previous step (35 mg, 0.087 mmol) in 0.75 mL of THF was added MeMgBr (3M in ether, 0.44 mmol) at 0 °C. After heated at reflux for 2 hr, the reaction was cooled to rt and 5 mL 2N HCl was added. After stirring at rt for 1 hr, the reaction was neutralized with aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
  • Step 5 To the crude product from the previous step in 1 mL of THF was added 0.1 mmol of MeMgBr (3M in ether) at -78 °C, After stirring at 0 °C for 1 hr, the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH 4 Cl, and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound.
  • Example 7 The examples in Table 7 were prepared according to the procedure described for Example 116 using the appropriate boronic acid and either 2- ⁇ 4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1- methyl-l//-imidazol-2-yl ⁇ pyridine (Example 15) or the analagously prepared 2- ⁇ [4-(4- bromophenyl)"l -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1 H-imidazol-5-yl]thio ⁇ -5-chloropyridine as starting materials.
  • Example 8 The examples in Table 8 were prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1 19 using the appropriate stannane and either 2- ⁇ 4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1- methyl-1H-imidazol-2 ⁇ yl ⁇ pyridine (Example 15) or the analagously prepared 2- ⁇ [4-(4- bromophenyl)4-meihyl-2-pyridin-2 ⁇ yl-1H-imidazol-5-yl]thio ⁇ -5-chloropyridine as starting materials.
  • Step 1 A solution of 2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethanone (20 g, 93 mmol) in formamide (75 mL) was heated at 140 °C for 16 h. To the cooled mixture was added imidazole (20 g, 294 mmol), TBS-Cl (31 g, 206 mmol), and DMF (40 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 16 h. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated.
  • Steps 2-3 The product from the previous step was reacted under the conditions described in Intermediate 7 (Steps 2-3) to provide 4-(4- ⁇ [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy ⁇ phenyl)-5 » iodo-1- methyl-1 H-imidazole.
  • LCMS m/z 415.2 (M+H)+.
  • Step 4 The product from the previous step was reacted under the conditions described in Example 36 to provide 2-[4-(4- ⁇ [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy ⁇ phenyl)-! -methyl- 1H-imidazol-5- yl]-5-chloropyridine.
  • LCMS m/z 432.3 (M+H)+.
  • Step 5 The product from the previous step (750 mg, 1.736 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL), TBAF (IM in THF, 2.08 mL). After stirring at rt for 2 h, the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH 4 Cl and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and brine.
  • Step 6 Ethyl 2-bromoisobutyrate (3 mL, 20.14 mmol) was added to a solution of the product from the previous step (3.2 g, 10.07 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1O g, 30.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (13 mL). The mixture was stirred at 50°C over the weekend, Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to afford the title compound as a pale orange oil which was used in the subsequent steps with out further purification. LCMS: m/z 374.1 (M+H)+.
  • Step 1 To a solution of Example 123 (0.2 g, 0.495 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) and water (1 rnL) was added excess potassium hydroxide. The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h, cooled, neutralized with aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted several times with ethyl acetate affording 2-(4- ⁇ 5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio]-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl ⁇ phenoxy) ⁇ 2-- methylpropanoic acid which was used in the next Step with out further purification.
  • Step 2 To a solution of the product from the previous step (105 mg, 0.259 mmol), 1- hydroxylbenzotriazole hydrate (99 mg, 0.648 mmol), N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-N'- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (124 mg, 0.648 mmol), in dioxane (ImL) was added ammonia (0.5M in dioxane) (1 mL, 0.5 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.272 Ml, 1.555 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 80° C for 3 h and the mixture was subjected to reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated.
  • Example 123 50 mg, 129 mmol
  • methanol 1 niL
  • LCMS m/z 403.3 (M+H)+.
  • Step 1 To a dry solution of Example 123 (1 g, 2.174 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added DIBAL-H (1.5 M in toluene) at -78°C. The reaction was stirred at -78°C for 30 min. The solution was diluted with an aqueous solution of Rochelle's salt and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was removed, dried, filtered and conentrated giving rise to 2-(4- ⁇ 5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio]- 1 -methyl-1 H-imidazol ⁇ 4-yl ⁇ phenoxy)-2-methylpropanal which was used immediately in the next step. LCMS: m/z 388,3 (M+H)+.
  • Step 2 A solution of the product from the previous step (294 mg, 0.786 mmol), Arduenga's carbene (264 mg, 0.786), and (trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (0.377 mL, 2.357 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 16 h. The solution was diluted with 2N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was removed, dried, filtered and conentrated giving rise to an oil. The oil was dissolved in THF and treated with 2 mL of TBAF (IM in THF). The solution was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated to afford the title compound.
  • Step 1 A solution of methyl 4-(5-iodo-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-l/f-imidazol-4-yl)benzoate (Intermediate 7, Step 3, 1.5 g, 3.58 mmol) and lithium hydroxide (0.257 g, 10.73 mmol) in acetonitrile (6 mL) and water (6 mL) was heated to 5O°C for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and extracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to afford 4-(5- iodo-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-y ⁇ -1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzoic acid. LCMS: m/z 406.0 (M+H)+.
  • Step 2 To a dry solution of the product from the previous step (500 mg, 1.234 mmol), and PyOP (963 mg, 1.851 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added DL-2-amino-1- ⁇ ropanol (0.145 mL, 1.851 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (0.407 mL, 3.70 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 4 h under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc.
  • Step 3 The title compound was prepared from the product of the previous step by following the same procedure as described in Step 3 for Example 1.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 OD) ⁇ 8.69 (d, 1H) 5 8.18 (d, 1H), 8.08 (d, 2H) 5 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.56 (br, 2H), 1.25 (d > 3H).
  • LCMS m/z 479.1 (M+H)+.
  • Step 1 Mixed the naphthyridineamine B (781 mg, 5.38 ⁇ unol) and NaHCO 3 (904 mg, 10.76 mmol) in THF (10 ml) and water (3.0 ml) and heated to reflux.
  • the bromide A (1 ,94 g, 7.0 mmol) would not dissolve in THF (10 ml) so it was added over a few min. from a pipette as a suspension. Refluxed for 4 hrs then cooled to rt and stirred over the weekend. Diluted with EtOAc and water, filtered the reddish-brown solids and washed with EtOAc and water.
  • Step 2 Dissolved the sulfone C (200 mg, 0.618 mmol) in acetic acid (20 ml) in a Parr bottle, added Pt ⁇ 2 (40 mg, 0.176 mmol) and reduced with H 2 at 45 psi overnight. Filtered and added fresh catalyst to the filtrate; heated to 50 deg. C and continued reduction with H 2 at atmospheric press. Heated for 2hrs then cooled to rt and continued reduction overnight. Filtered, added fresh catalyst (40 mg) for a third time and placed in a Parr bottle. Reduced with H 2 at 42 psi over the weekend. Filtered through filtercel to remove catalyst and evaporated filtrate to dryness. Added sat'd.
  • Step 4 Suspended the iodide E (137 mg, 0.246 mmol), neocuproine (13 mg, 0.62 mmol), CuI (12 mg, 0.063 mmol), p-chlorothiophenol (53.3 mg, 0.369 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (102 mg, 0.737 mmol) in a sealed vial with CPME (3.0 ml). Degassed by bubbling in N 2 gas briefly then blanketed the vessel with N 2 , sealed with a threaded Teflon stopper and heated with stirring at 100 deg. C. Heated overnight. Cooled to it after 17 hrs. Diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 and added water to dissolve K 2 CO 3 and salts.
  • Step 5 3-K4-chlorophenyl ' >s ⁇ lfanvn-2-r4-(metfav ⁇ sulfonyl)phenylV5.6.6aJ,8.9.1 ( U Oa- octahydroimidazof 1 ,2-h] f 1 Jinaphthyridine (G; the title compound). Dissolved the BOC protected amine (more polar isomer) F (25.1 mg, 0.044 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (1 ml) and added 4M HCl in dioxane (2.0 ml). Stirred at rt. Solids pptd. Evaporated to dryness and added a small amount Of CH 2 Cl 2 to the residue.
  • Example 129 in Table 9 was prepared following the same procedures as in Steps 1, 3 and 4 in Example 129 using the appropriate starting material.
  • Step 1 Suspended the aldehyde A (472 rag, 2 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 ml) and added a solution of
  • Step 2 Mixed the bromide B (504 mg, 1.953 mmol), BISPIN (506 mg, 1.992 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (43 mg, 0.059 mmol) and KOAc (575 mg, 5.86 mmol) with DMSO (4.0 ml) in a sealed vial. Degassed by bubbling in N 2 gas and then blanketing vessel with N 2 and sealed with a Teflon stopper. Heated to 80-90 deg. C. Heated and stirred overnight. Cooled to rt after 16 hrs.
  • Step 3 Dissolved commercially available 2-cyclopropyl-4-iodo-1-methyl-1H-imidazole (241 mg, 0.973 mmol), the boronic acid C (429 mg, 1.167 mmol) and PdCl 2 (dppf) (21.4 mg, 0.029 mmol) in DMF (3.2 ml) and added Na 2 CO 3 (516 nig, 4.87 mmol) and water (0.72 ml) in a sealed tube and degassed by bubbling in N 2 gas, placed under N 2 and sealed with a threaded Teflon stopper. Heated to 90 deg C. for 6 hrs.then cooled to rt and stirred over the weekend.
  • Step 5 Mixed the iodide E (57 mg, 0.134 mmol) and 3-chloro-6- ⁇ yridinethiol (21.5 mg, 0.147 mmol) in BPA (5 ml) in a sealed tube and added CuI (2.8 mg, 0.015 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (37 mg, 0.268 mmol) and ethylene glycol (0.015 ml, 0.268 mmol). Degassed by bubbling in N 2 gas for several min., blanketed under N 2 and sealed the flask with a Teflon stopper. Heated to 80 deg. C. Stirred and heated the suspension overnight. Cooled to rt and evaporated to dryness.
  • Example 132 in Table 10 was prepared following the same procedures as in Example 131 replacing Step 1 as follows.
  • Step 1 To the solution of l-raethyl-4-[4-(raelhylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-iinida2 ⁇ le (2.3 g, 9.73 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (6 ml) was added TFA (3.0 ml, 38.9 mmol), and NIS (2.41 g, 10.71) at rt. After being stirred at rt for 3 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 , quenched with NaHCO 3 (aq), washed with aq Na 2 S 2 O 3 , water and brine.
  • Step 2 To a dry suspension of the Step 1 product (1.0 g, 2.76 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.15 g, 8.28 mmol), copper (I) iodide (53 mg, 0.276 mmol), and 4-chlorobenzenethiol (0.439 g, 3.04 mmol) in isopropanol (10 ml) under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added ethylene glycol (0.46 ml, 8.28 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C for 16 h. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Step 3 To the solution of Step 2 product (200mg, 0.528 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (0.5 ml) was added TFA (3 ml) and NIS (238 mg, 1.06 mmol) at rt, and then reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. Reaction mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated. To the residue was added CH 2 Cl 2 , quenched with NaHCO 3 (aq), washed with aq Na 2 S 2 O 3 , water and brine. Dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • Example 133 compound 60 mg, 0.119 mmol
  • methylpyrazole boronic acid 29.7 mg, 0.143 mmol
  • Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 13.7 mg, 0.012 mmol
  • K 3 PO 4 50.5 mg, 0.238 mmol, aq
  • reaction mixture was heated at 110°C for 3 hrs. Reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine dried and concentrated.
  • Example 133 compound 34 mg, 0.067 mmol
  • thiophene tin reagent 22.34 ⁇ l, 0.0704 mmol
  • Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 77.42 mg, 0.067 mmol
  • dioxane 1 ml
  • Example 12 The Examples in Table 12 were prepared following the procedures described in Example 137 using the appropriate tin reagents.
  • Step 1 The same procedure in Example 134 was used in this step and the starting material iodoimidazole was prepared following the similar procedure of Step 1 in Example 133.
  • LCMS: [M+ 1] + 476.1.
  • Step 2 To a solution of step 1 product (2.4 g, 5.04 mmol) in CH 3 OH (25 ml) was added HCl (37%, 1.66 ml, 20.2 mmol) at rl, then heated at 50°C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. To the residue was added Et 2 O 5 filtered and collected to give 4- ⁇ 5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-1-methyl «2-(1H ⁇ pyrazol-5-yl)-1H-imidazo l-4-yl ⁇ benzonitrile (2.1 g), which was used for the next reaction without purification.
  • LCMS: [M+l] + 392.1
  • Step 3 To a solution of the step 2 product (400 mg, 1.02 mmol) in DMF (8 ml) at 0°C was added NaH (82 mg, 2.04 mmol). After stirred at 0°C for 0.5 hr, CH 3 CH 2 Br (0.114 ml, 1.53 mmol) was added and stirred at O°C for one hour, and then at rt overnight.
  • Step 4 To a suspension of step 3 product C-5 (240 mg, 0.572 mmol) in EtOH (5 ml) was added hydroxylamine (199 mg, 2.86 mmol) and DIEA (0.498 ml, 2.86 mmol). After stirred at rt for 10 min, the reaction mixture was heated at 8O°C for 2 hrs. and then concentrated.
  • Step 5 To a suspension of step 4 product (250 mg, 0.552 mmol) in triethyl orthoformate (9.09 ml, 55.2 mmol) was added BF 3 etherate (0.699 ⁇ l, 5.52 ⁇ mol) and the mixture stirred at 110°C for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaHCO 3 (aq), organic layer was dried, and concentrated.
  • Example 140 From the Step 5 of Example 140, a minor regioisomer was also isolated, which was 3-(4- ⁇ 5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l -ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)- 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl ⁇ phenyl)- 1 ,2,4- oxadiazole (20 mg; less polar).
  • Stepl This step followed the similar procedure of Step 3 in Example 140 except that bromoethane was replaced with 2-bromopropane.
  • LCMS: [M+l] + 434.1.
  • Step2 This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140.
  • LCMS: [M+l] + 467.3.
  • Step3 This step followed the similar procedure of Step 5 in Example 140.
  • Stepl This step followed the similar procedure of Step 3 in Example 140 except that bromoethane was replaced with iodomethane.
  • Step2 This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140.
  • Step3 This step followed the similar procedure of Step 5 in Example 140.
  • Step 1 To a mixture of Step 2 product of Example 140 (150 mg, 0.383 mmol), cyclopropyl boronic acid (132 mg, 1.53 mmol) and Cu(H) acetate (139 mg, 0.766 mmol) in dioxane (2.0 ml) were added DMAP (187 mg, 1.53 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (125 mg, 0.383 mmol) and 1, 10- phenanthroline (276 mg, 1.53 mmol) in a sealed tube under N 2 , stirred at it for 30 min and then heated at 9O°C for overnight.
  • DMAP 187 mg, 1.53 mmol
  • Cs 2 CO 3 125 mg, 0.383 mmol
  • 1, 10- phenanthroline 276 mg, 1.53 mmol
  • Step2 This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140.
  • LCMS: [M+ 1] + 465.0.
  • Step3 This step followed the similar procedure of Step 5 in Example 140.
  • Human FAAH lysate assay: IC 50 7.4 nM.
  • Step 1 To a mixture of Siep 2 product of Example 140 (100 mg, 0.255 mmol) in THF (2 ml) at 0°C was added NaH (20.4 mg, 0.510 mmol). After stirred at 0°C for 1 hr, ethyl bromo acetate (0.034 ml, 0.306 mmol) was added and then stirred at 0°C for one hour. Reaction mixture was quenched with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, concentrated, separated by prep.
  • Step 2 To a solution of the stepl product (30 mg, 0.063 mmol) in THF (2 ml) at 0°C was added CH 3 MgCl (0.105 ml, 0.314 mmol, 3M in THF). After being stirred at 0°C for 0.5 hr, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with NH 4 Cl, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, concentrated, and separated by prep.
  • Step 1 To a solution of the iodoimidazole (Example 140 starting material, 100 mg, 0.221 mmol) in THF (2 ml) was added n-BuLi (0.097 ml, 0.244 mmol, 2.5 M) at -78°C. After being stirred at - 78°C for half hour, acetone (0.02 mL, 0.266 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for another 2 hrs.
  • n-BuLi 0.097 ml, 0.244 mmol, 2.5 M
  • Step 2 This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140.
  • LCMS: [M+l] + 417.3 ,
  • Step 3 To a suspension of Step 2 product (120 mg, 0.288 mmol) in triethyl orthoformate (4.74 ml, 28.8 mmol) was added BF 3 etherate (0.365 ⁇ l, 2.88 ⁇ mol) and the mixture stirred at 1 1O°C for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaHCO 3 (aq) : organic layer was dried, and concentrated.
  • Step 1 To a solution of methyl 5-bromopyridine-2-carboxylate (5.0 g, 23.1 mg) in dioxane (80 ml) was added Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (1.34 g, 1.16 mmol) and tributyl(l-ethoxyethenyl)slannane (8.60 ml, 25.5 mmol).
  • step 2 To a solution of step 1 product (780 mg, 3.76 mmol) in THF (37.5 ml) and H 2 O (2.5 ml) was added NBS (670 nig, 3.76 mmol) in one portion.
  • Step 3 To a solution of S-cyclopropylisoxazole- ⁇ -carboxylic acid (153 mg, 1.00 mmol) in ethanol (6 ml) was added cesium carbonate (165 mg, 0.506 mmol). After stirring the reaction mixture for 1 hr, it was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DMF (2 ml), Step 2 product (258 mg, 1.00 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 1 hr.
  • Step 5 To a solution of product from Step 4 (60 mg, 0.193 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added cesium carbonate (126 mg, 0.387 mmol). After being stirred for 10 min, CH 3 I (0.013 ml, 0.213 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 4 hrs.
  • Step 6 This step followed the procedure of Step 1 in Example 133.
  • LCMS: [M+lf 451.1.
  • Step 7 This step followed the procedure of Step 2 in Example 133.
  • LCMS [M+l] + - 468.3.
  • Human FAAH lysate assay: ICsO 91.0 nM.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is directed to certain imidazole derivatives which are useful as inhibitors of Fatty Acid Amide Hydrolase (FAAH). The invention is also concerned with pharmaceutical formulations comprising these compounds as active ingredients and the use of the compounds and their formulations in the treatment of certain disorders, including osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, skeletomuscular pain, and fibromyalgia, as well as acute pain, migraine, sleep disorder, Alzeimer Disease, and Parkinson's Disease.

Description

TITLE OF THE INVENTION
IMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF FAAH
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Disclosed herein are compounds that inhibit the activity of fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH), compositions that include the compounds, and methods of their use. Compounds disclosed herein as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH) are useful in the treatment of diseases, disorders, or conditions that would benefit from the inhibition of fatty acid amide hydrolase and increases in endogenous fatty acid amides. Fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH) is an enzyme that is abundantly expressed throughout the CNS (Freund et al. Physiol. Rev. 2003; 83:1017-1066) as well as in peripheral tissues, such as, for example, in the pancreas, brain, kidney, skeletal muscle, placenta, and liver (Giang, D. K. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 1997, 94, 2238-2242; Cravatt et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2004, 101, 29, 10821-10826). FAAH hydrolyzes the fatty acid amide (FAA) family of endogenous signaling lipids. General classes of fatty acid amides include the N- acylethanolamides (NAEs) and fatty acid primary amides (FAPAs). Examples of NAEs include anandamide (AEA), palmitoylethanolamide (PEA) and oleoylethanolamide (OEA). An example of FAPAs includes 9-Z-octadecenamide or oleamide. (McKinney M K and Cravatt B F. 2005. Atinu Rev Biochem 74:411-32). Another class of fatty acid amide family of endogenous signaling lipids is N-acyl taurines that have also been shown to be elevated upon FAAH deletion or inhibition and appear to act on transient receptor potential (TRP) family of calcium channels, although the functional consequences are not yet clear (Saghatelian A, et al. Biochemistry. 2004, 43:14332-9, Saghatelian A, et al. Biochemistry, 2006, 45:9007 -9015). In addition to fatty acid amides, FAAH can also hydrolyze certain fatty acid esters, such as, for example, 2- arachidonylglycerol (2-AG) another endocannabinoid (Mechoulam et al. Biochem. Pharmacol. 1995; 50:83-90; Stella et al. Nature, 1997; 388:773-778; Suguria et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1995; 215:89-97).
Inhibition of FAAH is expected to lead to an increase in the level of anandamide and other fatty acid amides. This increase in fatty acid amides leads to an increase in the noiceptive threshold. Thus, inhibitors of FAAH are useful in the treatment of pain (Cravatt, BF; Lichtman, AH Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 2003, 7, 469-475). Such inhibitors are useful in the treatment of other disorders that can be treated using fatty acid amides or modulators of cannabinoid receptors, such as, for example, anxiety, sleep disorder, Alzheimer disease, and Parkinson's disease, eating disorders, metabolic disorders, cardiovascular disorders, and inflammation (Simon et al Archives of Gen. Psychiatry, 2006, 63, 824-830. Kunos, G et al. Pharmacol Rev 2006, 58,389-462). In some embodiments, FAAH inhibitor compounds may be peripherally restricted and may not substantially affect neural disorders, such as, for example, depression and anxiety. Finally, agonism of cannabinoid receptors has also been shown to reduce the progression of atherosclerosis in animal models (see Steffens et al. Nature, 2005, 434, 782-786; and Steffens et al., Curr Opin. Lipid., 2006, 17, 519-526). Thus, increasing the level of endogenous cannabinergic fatty acid amides (e.g., anandamide) is expected to effectively treat or reduce the risk of developing atherosclerosis.
Inhibition of FAAH also leads to elevation of palmitoylethanolamide which is thought to work, in part, through activation of the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor α (PPAR- α) to regulate multiple pathways including, for example, pain perception in neuropathic and inflammatory conditions such as convulsions, neurotoxicity, spacticity and to reduce inflammation, for example, in atopic eczema and arthritis (LoVerme J et al. The nuclear receptor peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-alpha mediates the anti-inflammatory actions of palmitoylethanolamide. MoI Pharmacol 2005, 67, 15-19; LoVerme J et al The search for the palmitoylethanolamide receptor. Life Sci 2005, 77: 1685-1698. Lambert DM et al. The palmitoylethanolamide family: a new class of anti-inflammatory agents? Curr Med Chem 2002, 9: 663-674; Eberlein B, et al. Adjuvant treatment of atopic eczema: assessment of an emollient containing N-palmitoylethanolamine (ATOPA study). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2008, 22:73-82. Re G, et al. Palmitoylethanolamide, endocannabinoids and related cannabimimetic compounds in protection against tissue inflammation and pain: potential use in companion animals.Vet J. 2007 173:21-30.). Thus, inhibition of FAAH is useful for the treatment of various pain and inflammatory conditions, such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, skeletomuscular pain, and fibromyalgia.
It is also thought that certain fatty acid amides, such as, for example, OEA, act through the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor α (PPAR- α) to regulate diverse physiological processes, including, e.g., feeding and lipolysis. Consistent with this, human adipose tissue has been shown to bind and metabolize endocannabinoids such as anandamide and 2-arachidonylglycerol (see Spoto et al., Biochimie 2006, 88, 1889-1897; and Matias et al. , J. Clin. Endocrin. & Met., 2006, 91 , 3171-3180). Thus, inhibiting FAAH activity in vivo leads to reduced body fat, body weight, caloric intake, and liver triglyceride levels. However, unlike other anti-lipidemic agents that act through PPAR- α, e.g., fibrates, FAAH inhibitors do not cause adverse side effects such as rash, fatigue, headache, erectile dysfunction, and, more rarely, anemia, leukopenia, angioedema, and hepatitis (see, e.g., Muscari et al. Cardiology, 2002, 97: 115-121).
Many fatty acid amides are produced on demand and rapidly degraded by FAAH. As a result, hydrolysis by FAAH is considered to be one of the essential steps in the regulation of fatty acid amide levels in the central nervous system as well as in peripheral tissues and fluids. The broad distribution of FAAH combined with the broad array of biological effects of fatty acid amides (both endocannabinoid and non-endocannabinoid mechanisms) suggests that inhibition of FAAH leads to altered levels of fatty acid amides in many tissues and fluids and may be useful to treat many different conditions. FAAH inhibitors increase the levels of endogenous fatty acid amides. FAAH inhibitors block the degradation of endocannabinoids and increase the tissue levels of these endogenous substances. FAAH inhibitors can be used in this respect in the prevention and treatment of pathologies in which endogenous cannabinoids and or any other substrates metabolized by the FAAH enzyme are involved.
The various fatty acid ethanolamides have important and diverse physiological functions. As a result, inhibitor molecules that selectively inhibit FAAH enzymatic activity would allow a corresponding selective modulation of the cellular and extra-cellular concentrations of a FAAH substrate. FAAH inhibitors that are biologically compatible could be effective pharmaceutical compounds when formulated as therapeutic agents for any clinical indication where FAAH enzymatic inhibition is desired. In some embodiments, FAAH activity in peripheral tissues can be preferentially inhibited, In some embodiments, FAAH inhibitors that do substantially cross the blood-brain-barrier can be used to preferentially inhibit FAAH activity in peripheral tissues. In some embodiments,
FAAH inhibitors that preferentially inhibit FAAH activity in peripheral tissues can minimize the effects of FAAH inhibition in the central nervous system. In some embodiments, it is preferred to inhibit FAAH activity in peripheral tissues and minimize FAAH inhibition in the central nervous system.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to certain imidazole derivatives which are useful as inhibitors of Fatty Acid Amide Hydrolase (FAAH). The invention is also concerned with pharmaceutical formulations comprising these compounds as active ingredients and the use of the compounds and their formulations in the treatment of certain disorders, including osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, skeletomuscular pain, and fibromyalgia, as well as acute pain, migraine, sleep disorder, Alzheimer disease, and Parkinson's disease.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect the invention is directed to compounds of formula I and II:
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein: X is S or SO; Rl 2 ls selected from the group consisting of:
(l) -C1-4alkyl,
(2) -haloC1-4alkyl, (3) H; n is 0, 1 or 2; Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl, and
(2) HETl,
wherein choice (1) and (2), is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) -CN3 (c) mono, di or tri-halo Cj -4 alkyl,
(d) -OC1 -4 alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or amino,
(e) -C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from hydroxyl, CN, -CHF2 and -CF3,
(f) -C1-2alkyl-C3_6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or CN,
(g) ~S(O)nC1-4alkyl, (h) -S(O)nNR^R?,
(i) ~C(O)-NH-NR8R9,
(j) -C(O)-OH, (k) -C(O)-OC i_4alkyl, optionally substituted with halo or hydroxy,
(1) -C(O)-NRlORl I,
(m) -C(O)-C1 -4 alkyl optionally mono, di or tri substituted with halo,
(o) -C(NRl 2)-NR13R14;
(p) HET4, (q) aryl,
(r) -C(O)-NH-NH-C(O)H,
(s) ~CH2 -C(O)-O-C1 _4alkyl, whereas the CH2 may be optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl or OH
(t) -CH2~C(O)N Rl 5Rl 6, whereas the CH2 may be optionally substituted with CM alkyl or OH, and
(u) -NRl 7Rl 8, wherein choices (p) and (q) are each optionally mono or di- substituted with substituents selected from
(l) halo,
(2) -CN, (3) -OH,
(4) -C1.4alk.yl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(S) -CF3,
(6) -0C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo,
(7) -C(O)OH, and (8) -C(O)O-C1 -3alkyl;
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R20,
(1O) -NH2,
(l l) Oxo,
(12) -S,
wherein R6,R7, R8, R9, RlO, RΠ , R12; Rl3j R145 R15, RlO1 Rn9 RlS3 RIg and R20, are each independently selected from H and C1.4a.kyl, or
R6 and R7 or R« and R9 or RlO and Rl 1 or Rl3 and Rl 4 or Rl 5 and Rl 6 or Rl 7 and RlS or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5-membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, oxo, C1_4alkyl, hydroxyC1_4alkyl, haloC1-4alkyl, -C(0)-C1-4alkyl and -S(O)nC1-4alkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl,
(2) HET3;
(3) -CH2-aiyl, (4) -CH2-HET3,
(5) -C1-6alkyl5 and
(6) -Cs-δcycloalkyl, wherein choice (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) -CN, (c) -OH, (d) ™Ci-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano, (e) -CF3>
(f) -OC1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyi or halo, (g) -C(O)O-C1-3alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) aryl,
(2) HET5, and
(3) C3_6cycloalkyl, wherein choice (1), (2) and (3) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) hydroxy,
(b) halo,
(c) -Cs-ecycloalkyl,
(d) ^OC3~5cycloalkyl,
(e) -Cμ4 arkyl, (f) -OC 1.4 alkyl,
(g) -C(O)CH3
(h) mono, di or tri-halo Cl -4 alkyl,
(i) mono, di or tri-halo -OC1 -4 alkyl, and
(j) -S(O)n-C1 -4 alkyl.
Within this aspect there is a genus wherein: Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
(D phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyridazinyl,
(4) pyrimidinyl,
(5) pyrazinyl,
(6) thiazolyl,
(?) thienyl,
(8) pyrrolyl,
(9) oxazolyl, and
(10) a bicyclic ring selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein choice of (1) to (9) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) halo,
(b) -CN,
(c) mono, di or tri-halo C \ .4 alkyl ,
(d) -O-C1-4alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxy!, halo or amino (e) -C 1 -4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or CN,
(f) -C1-2alkyl-C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, (h) -S(0)nC1-4alkyl wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, (i) -S(O)nNR6R7,
(j) -C(O)-NRlORlI, (k) HET4,
(1) aryl, and wherein choices (k) and (1) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from
(1) halo, (2) -CN,
(3) -OH, (4) —C 1 _4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(5) -CF3,
(6) -OC1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo,
(7) -C(O)OH, (8) -C(O)O-C i _3alkyl, and
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R20,
wherein R.6, R7, Rl 0? Rl I3 Rl 9 and R20; are each independently selected from H and Cμ4alkyl, or Rό and R? or Rl O and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R^O are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di -substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, Cj-4alkyl3 -C(O)- C1-4alkyl and -S(O)nC1_4alkyl.
Within this genus there is a sub-genus wherein:
Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl, (3) pyrimidinyl,
(4) pyrazinyl, and
(5) pyridazinyl, optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of (a) -C1 -4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy,
(b) -S(O)nC1 -4alkyl,
(c) -C(O)-NRlORl I,
(d) HET4, and
(e) halo, wherein choice (d) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from:
(l) halo,
(2) -CN,
(3) -OH5
(4) -C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano, (5) -CF3,
(6) -0C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo,
(7) -C(O)OH, and
(8) -C(O)OC1 -3alkyl, and (9) -C(O)-NRl 9R20, wherein RlO, Rl 1; Rl 9 and R20 are each independently selected from H and C i^alkyl, or
RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 f 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di- substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-4alkyl, -C(O)-C1- 4alkyl and -S(O)nC1-4alkyl.
Within this aspect there is a genus wherein: R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (D aryl,
(2) HET3,
(3) -C1-όalkyl, and
(4) -C3~6cycloalkyl3 wherein choice (1), (2), (3), and (4) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) halo,
(b) -CN,
(c) -OH, (d) -Hydroxy C i -4alkyl,
(e) - C1-4alkyl,
(f) - C1-4haloalkyl, and
(g) -O C1_4alkyl, optionally substituted with halo or hydroxyl.
Within this genus there is a sub-genus wherein:
R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl, and
(2) HET3, wherein choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) halo,
(b) -CN,
(C) -OH,
(d) -hydroxy C1-4alkyl, (e) -CH3,
(f) -CF3, and
(g) -OCH3. Within this genus there is a sub-genus wherein: IIS is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl, (3) pyridazinyl,
(4) pyrimidinyl,
(5) pyrazinyl,
(5) thiazolyl,
(6) oxazolyl, and (7) pyrazolyl, wherein choice (I)5 (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, OC1-4alkyl optially sunstituted with halogen, -C1-4haloalkyl, hydroxyl and CN.
Within this aspect there is a genus wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl, and
(2) HET5, wherein choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) -C3-6cycloalkyl, (C) ~C1-4 aϊkyl,
(d) ~OC1-4 alkyl,
(e) mono, di or tri-halo C 1-4 alkyl, and (f) mono, di or tri-halo -OC 1.4 alkyl.
Within this genus there is a sub-genus wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl, (2) pyrimidinyl, and
(3) pyridinyl, wherein choices (I)3 (2) and (3) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, haloQ-4alkyl, or -OC1_4aikyl optionally substituted with halo.
Within this aspect there is a genus wherein X is S and Rl 2 is methyl.
Within this aspect there is a genus of the Formulae
Figure imgf000012_0001
lected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyridazinylj
(4) pyrimidinylj
(5) pyrazinyl,
(6) thiazolyl,
(7) thienyl,
(8) pyrrolyl,
(9) oxazolyl, and
(10) a bicyclic ring selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000012_0002
wherein choice of (1) to (9) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R^ and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) halo,
(b) -CN, (c) mono, di or tri-halo C 1-4 alkyl,
(d) -O-C1_4alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxyl, halo or amino
(e) -C i _4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or CN,
(f) -C 1 -2 alkyl -C3.β cycloalkyl optional Iy substituted with hydroxy, (h) -S(O)nC1 _4alkyl wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, (i) ~S(O)nNR6R7,
(j) -C(O)-NRlORl I,
(k) HET4,
(1) aryl, and wherein choices (k) and (1) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from
(l) halo,
(2) -CN,
(3) -OH,
(4) ~-C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano, (5) -CF3,
(6) -OC1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo,
(7) -C(O)OH,
(8) -C(O)O-C1-3alkyl, and
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R20;
wherein Rό, R?, RlO, Rl 1 , Rl9 and R2O; are each independently selected from H and C}-4alkyl, or
RO and R? or RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 > 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, Cμ4alkyl, -C(O)- C1-4alkyl and -S(O)nCμ4alkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl, (2) HET3,
(3) -C1-6alkyl, and
(4) -C3 -β cycloalkyl, wherein choice (1), (2), (3), and (4) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) halo,
(b) -CN, (C) -OH,
(d) -hydroxy C] .-falkyl,
(e) - C1_4alkyl,
(f) - C1_4haloalkyl, and
(g) -O C1-4alkyl, optionally substituted with halo or hydroxyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl, and
(2) HET5, wherein choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) halo,
(b) -C3-gcycloalkyl,
(c) -CM alkyl,
(d) -OC1 -4 alkyl,
(e) mono, di or tri-halo C]_4 alkyl, and (f) mono, di or tri-halo -OC1 -4 alkyl.
Within this genus there is a sub- genus wherein Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl, (2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyrimidinyl,
(4) pyrazinyl, and
(5) pyridazinyl, optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R^ and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) -C 1 _4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy,
(b) -S(O)nC1 -4alkyl,
(c) -C(O)-NRlORl I ,
(d) HET4, and (e) halo, wherein choice (d) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from: (l) halo, (2) -CN, (3) -OH,
(4) -C1-4aikyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(S) -CF3,
(6) -OC1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo, (7) -C(O)OH, and
(8) -C(O)O-C i-3alkyl, and
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R20; wherein RlO, Rl 1, Rl 9 and R20 are each independently selected from H and C1_4alkyl, or
RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing I7 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di- substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1.4a.kyl, -C(O)-C1-
4alkyl and -S(0)nC1-4alkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyridazinyl,
(4) pyrimidinyl,
(5) pyrizinyl, (5) thiazolyl,
(6) oxazolyl, and
(7) pyrazolyl, wherein choice (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, 0C1~4alkyl optially substituted with halogen, ~C1-4haloalkyl, hydroxyl and CN; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) pyrimidinyl,
(3) pyridinyl, wherein choices (1), (2) and (3) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, haloC \ -4alkyl, or -OC 1 _4alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
The compounds of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers and can thus occur as racemates and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. Additional asymmetric centers may be present depending upon the nature of the various substituents on the molecule. Each such asymmetric center will independently produce two optical isomers and it is intended that all of the possible optical isomers and diastereomers in mixtures and as pure or partially purified compounds are included within the ambit of this invention. The present invention is meant to comprehend all such isomeric forms of these compounds. Formula ϊ shows the structure of the class of compounds without preferred stereochemistry. The independent syntheses of these diastereomers or their chromatographic separations may be achieved as known in the art by appropriate modification of the methodology disclosed herein. Their absolute stereochemistry may be determined by the x-ray crystallography of crystalline products or crystalline intermediates which are derivatized, if necessary, with a reagent containing an asymmetric center of known absolute configuration. If desired, racemic mixtures of the compounds maybe separated so that the individual enantiomers are isolated. The separation can be carried out by methods well known in the art, such as the coupling of a racemic mixture of compounds to an enantiomerically pure compound to form a diastereomeric mixture, followed by separation of the individual diastereomers by standard methods, such as fractional crystallization or chromatography. The coupling reaction is often the formation of salts using an enantiomerically pure acid or base. The diasteromeric derivatives may then be converted to the pure enantiomers by cleavage of the added chiral residue. The racemic mixture of the compounds can also be separated directly by chromatographic methods utilizing chiral stationary phases, which methods are well known in the art. Alternatively, any enantiomer of a compound may be obtained by stereoselective synthesis using optically pure starting materials or reagents of known configuration by methods well known in the art.
The invention is described using the following definitions unless otherwise indicated.
The term "halogen" or "halo" includes F, Cl, Br, and I.
The term "alkyl" means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Thus, for example, C1_6alkyl includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, s- and t-butyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, 1,1 -dimethyl ethyl. The term "alkoxy" means alkoxy groups of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Cμgalkoxy, for example, includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, and the like.
The term "alkylthio" means alkylthio groups having the indicated number of carbon atoms of a straight, branched or cyclic configuration. C1-galkylthio, for example, includes methylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, and the like.
The term "alkenyl" means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to- carbon double bond, wherein hydrogen may be replaced by an additional carbon-to-carbon double bond, C2-6a&enyl, for example, includes ethenyl, propenyl, 1-methylethenyl, butenyl and the like. The term "alkynyl" means linear or branched structures and combinations thereof, of the indicated number of carbon atoms, having at least one carbon-to-carbon triple bond. C3- 6alkynyl, for example, includes propynyl, 1 -methyl ethynyl, butynyl and the like. The term "cycloalkyl" means mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic structures, optionally combined with linear or branched structures, the indicated number of carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclododecylmethyl, 2-ethyl-1- bicyclo[4.4.0]decyl, and the like. The term "aryl" is defined as a mono- or bi-cyclic aromatic ring system and includes, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, and the like.
The term "aralkyl" means an alkyl group as defined above of 1 to 6 carbon atoms with an aryl group as defined above substituted for one of the alkyl hydrogen atoms, for example, benzyl and the like. The term "aryloxy" means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aryl-O) and includes, for example, phenoxy, naphthoxy and the like.
The term "aralkoxy" means an aralkyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aralkyl-O) and includes, for example, benzyloxy, and the like. The term "arylthio" is defined as an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by a sulfur atom (aryl-S) and includes, for example, thiophenyoxy, thionaphthoxy and the like.
The term "aroyl" means an aryl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an carbonyl group (aryl-C(O)-) and includes, for example, benzoyl, naphthoyl and the like. The term "aroyloxy" means an aroyl group as defined above attached to a molecule by an oxygen atom (aroyl-O) and includes, for example, benzoyloxy or benzoxy, naphthoyloxy and the like.
The term "HET", such as in "HETl", "HET2", "HET3", "HET4", and "HET5" is defined as a 5- to 10-membered aromatic, partially aromatic or non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring, containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, and optionally substituted with 1-2 oxo groups. Where applicable, the Het group shall be defined to include the N-oxide.
Preferably, "HET" is a 5- or ό-membered aromatic or non-aromatic monocyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S and N, for example, pyridine, pyrrolidine, pyridazine, furan, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, isooxazole and the like, or HET is a 9- or 10-membered aromatic or partially aromatic bicyclic ring containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, for example, benzofuran, benzolhiophene, indole, pyranopyrrole, benzopyran, quionoline, benzocyclohexyl, naphtyridme and the like. "HET" also includes the following: benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyϊ, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, cmnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, indolazinyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridopyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolyl, quinoxalinyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl, azetidinyl, 1,4- dioxanyl, hexahydroazepinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrroHdinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dihydrobenzimidazolyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, dihydrobenzoxazolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihydroisooxazolyl, dihydroisothiazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydroquinolinyl, dihydrotetrazolyl, dihydrothiadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrotriazolyl, dihydroazetidinyl, methylenedioxybenzoyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydrothienyl.
For all of the above definitions, each reference to a group is independent of all other references to the same group when referred to in the Specification. For example, if both Rl and R2 are HET, the definitions of HET are independent of each other and Rl and R2 may be different HET groups, for example furan and thiophene. The ability of the compounds of Formula I to selectively inhibit FAAH makes them useful for treating, preventing or reversing the progression of a variety of inflammatory and non-inflammatory diseases and conditions.
Diseases, disorders, syndromes and/or conditions, that would benefit from inhibition of FAAH enzymatic activity include, for example, Alzheimer's Disease, schizophrenia, depression, alcoholism, addiction, suicide, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, stroke, emesis, miscarriage, embryo implantation, endotoxic shock, liver cirrhosis, atherosclerosis, cancer, traumatic head injury, glaucoma, and bone cement implantation syndrome.
Other diseases, disorders, syndromes and/or conditions that would benefit from inhibition of FAAH activity, include, for example, multiple sclerosis, retinitis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, immunodeficiency virus-induced encephalitis, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, pain, nociceptive pain, neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, noninflammatory pain, painful hemorrhagic cystitis, obesity, hyperlipidemia, metabolic disorders, feeding and fasting, alteration of appetite, stress, memory, aging, hypertension, septic shock, cardiogenic shock, intestinal inflammation and motility, irritable bowel syndrome, colitis, diarrhea, ileitis, ischemia, cerebral ischemia, hepatic ischemia, myocardial infarction, cerebral excitotoxicity, seizures, febrile seizures, neurotoxicity, neuropathies, sleep, induction of sleep, prolongation of sleep, insomnia, and inflammatory diseases. Neurological and psychological disorders that would benefit from inhibition of FAAH activity include, for example, pain, depression, anxiety, generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), obsessive compulsive disorders, stress, stress urinary incontinence, attention deficit hyperactivity disorders, schizophrenia, psychosis, Parkinson's disease, muscle spasticity, epilepsy, diskenesia, seizure disorders, jet lag, and insomnia.
FAAH inhibitors can also be used in the treatment of a variety of metabolic syndromes, diseases, disorders and/or conditions, including but not limited to, insulin resistance syndrome, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, obesity, atherosclerosis and arteriosclerosis. FAAH inhibitors are useful in the treatment of a variety of painful syndromes, diseases, disorders and/or conditions, including but not limited to those characterized by non-inflammatory pain, inflammatory pain, peripheral neuropathic pain, central pain, deafferentiation pain, chronic nociceptive pain, stimulus of nociceptive receptors, phantom and transient acute pain.
Inhibition of FAAH activity can also be used in the treatment of a variety of conditions involving inflammation. These conditions include, but are not limited to arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, shoulder tendonitis or bursitis, gouty arthritis, and aolymyalgia rheumatica), organ-specific inflammatory diseases (such as thyroiditis, hepatitis, inflammatory bowel diseases), asthma, other autoimmune diseases (such as multiple sclerosis), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), allergic rhinitis, and cardiovascular diseases.
In some cases, FAAH inhibitors are useful in preventing neurodegeneration or for neuroprotection. hi addition, it has been shown that when FAAH activity is reduced or absent, one of its substrates, anandamide, acts as a substrate for COX-2, which converts anandamide to prostamides (Weber et al J Lipid. Res. 2004; 45:757). Concentrations of certain prostamides may be elevated in the presence of a FAAH inhibitor. Certain prostamides are associated with reduced intraocular pressure and ocular hypotensivity. Thus, in one embodiment, FAAH inhibitors may be useful for treating glaucoma.
In some embodiments, FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat or reduce the risk of EMDs, which include, but are not limited to, obesity, appetite disorders, overweight, cellulite, Type I and Type Il diabetes, hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia, steatohepatitis, liver steatosis, non-alcoholic steatohepatitis, Syndrome X, insulin resistance, diabetic dyslipidemia, anorexia, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, inflammatory disorders or conditions, Alzheimer's disease, Crohn's disease, vascular inflammation, inflammatory bowel disorders, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, thrombosis, or cachexia, hi other embodiments, FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat or reduce the risk of insulin resistance syndrome and diabetes, i.e., both primary essential diabetes such as Type I Diabetes or Type Il Diabetes and secondary nonessential diabetes. Administering a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of an in vivo FAAH inhibitor reduces the severity of a symptom of diabetes or the risk of developing a symptom of diabetes, such as atherosclerosis, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, liver steatosis, nephropathy, neuropathy, retinopathy, foot ulceration, or cataracts.
In another embodiment, FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat food abuse behaviors, especially those liable to cause excess weight, e.g., bulimia, appetite for sugars or fats, and non-insulin-dependent diabetes.
In some embodiments, FAAH inhibitors can be used to treat a subject suffering from an EMD and also suffers from a depressive disorder or from an anxiety disorder. Preferably, the subject is diagnosed as suffering from the depressive or psychiatric disorder prior to administration of the FAAH inhibitor composition. Thus, a dose of a FAAH inhibitor that is therapeutically effective for both the EMD and the depressive or anxiety disorder is administered to the subject. Preferably, the subject to be treated is human. However, the methods can also be used to treat non-human mammals. Animal models of EMDs such as those described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,946,491 are particularly useful.
FAAH inhibitor compositions can also be used to decrease body-weight in individuals wishing to decrease their body weight for cosmetic, but not necessarily medical considerations.
A FAAH inhibitor composition can be administered in combination with a drug for lowering circulating cholesterol levels (e.g., statins, niacin, fϊbric acid derivatives, or bile acid binding resins). FAAH inhibitor compositions can also be used in combination with a weight loss drug, e.g., orlistat or an appetite suppressant such as diethylpropion, mazindole, orlistat, phendimctrazine, phentermine, or sibutramine.
The term "treating" encompasses not only treating a patient to relieve the patient of the signs and symptoms of the disease or condition but also prophylactically treating an asymptomatic patient to prevent the onset of the disease or condition or preventing, slowing or reversing the progression of the disease or condition. The term "amount effective for treating" is intended to mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, a system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. The term also encompasses the amount of a pharmaceutical drug that will prevent or reduce the risk of occurrence of the biological or medical event that is sought to be prevented in a tissue, a system, animal or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
The term "treating" encompasses not only treating a patient to relieve the patient of the signs and symptoms of the disease or condition but also prophylactically treating an asymptomatic patient to prevent the onset of the disease or condition or preventing, slowing or reversing the progression of the disease or condition. The term "amount effective for treating" is intended to mean that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, a system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. The term also encompasses the amount of a pharmaceutical drug that will prevent or reduce the risk of occurrence of the biological or medical event that is sought to be prevented in a tissue, a system, animal or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
The following abbreviations have the indicated meanings: AIBN = 2.2'-azobisisobutyronitrile
B. P. = benzoyl peroxide Bn benzyl
CCl4 carbon tetrachloride
-O(CH2)3θ-
DAST diethylamine sulfur trifluoride
DCC dicyclohexyl carbodiimide
DCI l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl carbodiimide
DEAD diethyl azodicarboxylate
DIBAL diisobutyl aluminum hydride
DME ethylene glycol dimethylether
DMAP 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine
DMF N jN-dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
Et3N triethylamine
LDA lithium diisopropylamide m-CPBA metachloroperbenzoic acid
NBS N-bromosuccinimide
NSAID non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
PPP — pyridinium chlorochromate
PDC pyridinium dichromate
Ph phenyl
1,2-Ph 1 ,2-benzenediyl
Pyr pyridinediyl
Qn 7-chloroquinolin-2-yl
RS -CH2SCH2CH2Ph r.t. room temperature rsc. ""- racemic
THF tetrahydrofuran
THP tetrahydropyran-2-yl
Alkvl group abbreviations
Me methyl
El ethyl n-Pr normal propyl i-Pr isopropyl n-Bu normal butyl i-Bu isobutyl s-Bu secondary butyl t-Bu = tertiary butyl c-Pr = cyclopropyl c-Bu = cyclobutyl c-P en = cyclopentyl c-Hex = cyclohexyl
Some of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. The present invention is meant to comprehend such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure forms and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Some of the compounds described herein contain olefmic double bonds, and unless specified otherwise, are meant to include both E and Z geometric isomers.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound of Formula I as an active ingredient or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof, and may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N,N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenedi amine, N-ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, and the like.
When the compound of the present invention is basic, salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p- toluenesulfonic acid, and the like. Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and tartaric acids.
It will be understood that in the discussion of methods of treatment which follows, references to the compounds of Formula I are meant to also include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The magnitude of prophylactic or therapeutic dose of a compound of Formula I will, of course, vary with the nature and the severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound of Formula I and its route of administration. It will also vary according to a variety of factors including the age, weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drag combination and response of the individual patient. In general, the daily dose from about 0.001 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight of a mammal, preferably 0.01 mg to about 10 mg per kg. On the other hand, it may be necessary to use dosages outside these limits in some cases.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain from about 0:5 mg to about 5 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition. Dosage unit forms will generally contain from about 1 mg to about 2 g of an active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg, or lOOO mg.
For the treatment of FAAH mediated diseases the compound of Formula I may be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques. In addition to the treatment of warmblooded animals such as mice, rats, horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, cats, etc., the compound of the invention is effective in the treatment of humans.
The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Patent 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water-miscible solvents such as propylene glycol, PEGs and ethanol, or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents maybe a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more colouring agents, one or more flavouring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents, may also be present.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents.
Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavouring and colouring agents. The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension maybe formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Cosolvents such as ethanol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycols may also be used. hi addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. hi addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
The compounds of Formula I may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ambient temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
For topical use, creams, ointments, gels, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing a compound of Formula I are employed. (For purposes of this application, topical application shall include mouth washes and gargles.) Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, cosolvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
ASSAYS
The following assays illustrate the utility of the invention:
The compounds of the invention underwent pharmacological evaluations to determine their inhibitory effect on the enzyme FAAH (Fatty Acid Amide Hydrolase).
To assist in assay development stable cell lines for human, murine and rat full length FAAH were developed. Human FAAH cDNA (Accession No: NMJ)01441.1) was purchased from Origene (Rockville, MD). The full length FAAH was subcloned into the mammalian expression vector, pcDEF.neo, using Xbaϊ and EcoRl restriction sites and used for stable cell line generation.
Figure imgf000026_0001
Murine (accession number NMJ)10173) and Rat FAAH (accession number NMJ324132) was amplified by reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) from brain cDNA (BD Biosciences, San Jose, CA) using primers 1 and 2 or primers 1 and 3 respectively (see Table). The resulting PCR product was ligated into pCR4 TOPO and DNA sequence confirmed. The full length murine FAAPI was subcloned into the mammalian expression vector, pcDEFneo using either EcoBJ (murine) or Kpnl and £coRI (rat) restriction sites. Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) were trans fected following manufacturers protocol (AMAXA). Forty eight hours post transfection, cells were trypsinized and transferred to 96 well plates in Iscove's DMEM media supplemented with 2mM Glutamine, 10% fetal calf serum, 1 mg/ml geneticin and HT
Supplement (0.1 raM sodium hypoxanthine, 0.016 mM thymidine) in order to isolate single clones. Following selection in geneticin, individual clones were selected and FAAH activity was assessed using a whole cell fluorescent anandamide assay, modified from Ramarao et al (2005). Following removal of tissue culture media cells were dislodged following addition of Cellstripper (Mediatech, Inc. Manassas, VA) and transferred to 96 well black clear bottom assay plate, centrifuged at 1 ,000rpm for 3mins and media removed and replaced with assay buffer (5OmM Tris ρH8.0, ImM EDTA, 0.1% fatty acid free BSA). The reaction was initiated by addition of fluorescent substrate, AMC Arachidonoyl Amide (Cayman Chemical, Arm Arbor, Michigan) to 1 μM and reaction allowed to proceed for 2 hours at room temperature. Release of fluorescence was monitored in a CytoFluor Multiplate Reader. Cells expressing the highest amount of FAAH activity were selected for study with FAAH inhibitors.
Preparation of lysate and microsomes
CHO cells expressing FAAH were used to prepare either crude cell lysate or microsome fractions. To harvest cells, tissue culture media was decanted, the monolayer washed three times with Ca++Mg'h+ free PBS and cells recovered after 15 min in enzyme free dissociation media (Millipore Corp, Billerica, MA). Cells were collected by centrifuging at 2000 rpm for 15 min. and the cell pellet re-suspended with 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4) containing ImM EDTA and the protease inhibitors aprotinin (1 mg/ml) and leupeptin (100 μM). The suspension was sonicated at 40C and the cell lysate recovered after centrifuging at 12,000xg (14,600rpm, SS34 rotor) for 20 min at 40C to form a crude pellet of cell debris, nuclei, peroxisomes, iysosomes, and mitochondria; the supernatant or cell lysate was used for FAAH enzyme assay, hi some cases, microsomes fractions enriched in FAAH were prepared by centrifuging the cell lysate further at 27,000 rpm (100,000 x g) in SW28 rotor for 50 minutes at 40C. The pellet containing FAAH- enriched microsomes was re-suspend in 50 mM HEPES, (pH 7,4) 1 mM EDTA, and any remaining DNA sheared by passage of material through a 23 gauge needle and aliquots of enzyme were store at -800C prior to use.
FAAH assays
Several assays have been used to demonstrate the inhibitory activity. Enzyme activity was demonstrated in a radioenzymatic test based on measuring the product of hydrolysis (ethanolamine [3H]) of anandamide [ethanolamine l-.sup.3H] (American Radiolabeled Chemicals; imC1/ml) with FAAH (Life Sciences (1995), 56, 1999-2005 and Journal of Pharmacology and Experimented Therapeutics (1997), 283, 729-734), Analytical. Biochemistry (2003), 318, 270-5. In addition, routine assays were performed monitoring hydrolysis of arachidonyl-7-amino-4-methylcoumarin amide (AAMCA) by following increase in fluorescence upon release of 7-amino 4-methyl coumarin (λEχ= 355 nm, (X-EU =460 nm). Analytical. Biochemistry (2005). 343, 143-51
Assays are performed on either cell lysate or microsome fractions prepared as described or in whole cell format employing either the fluorescent substrate AAMCA (Cayman chemical, Ann Arbor, MI,) or 3H~anandmaide ([ETHANOLAMINE- 1-3H] American Radiolabeled Chemicals; ImC1/ml). The cell lysate or microsome assay is performed in Costar black wall, clear bottom plates by adding FAAH CHO (whole cell, cell lysate or microsome) in assay buffer (50 mM Phosphate, pH 8.0, 1 mM EDTA, 200 mM KCl, 0.2% glycerol, 0.1% fatty acid free BSA) to each well, followed by either DMSO or compound and allowed to incubate at 22-250C for fifteen minutes. AAMCA substrate was used to achieve a final concentration of 1 μM and reaction allowed to proceed at room temperature for 1-3 hours. Fluorescent release as a measure of FAAH activity was monitored by reading the plate in a CytoFluor Multiplate Reader (Ex:
360/4OnM; Em: 460/4OnM). Whole cell assay is conducted with cells harvested after rinsing tissue culture flasks three times with Ca+ Mg1 + free PBS, incubating for 10 min in Enzyme free dissociation media and centrifuging for 5minutes at l,000rpm in table top centrifuge. Cells are resuspended in assay buffer at desired cell number in (4x104 cells/as say in 96-well format; 1x104cel Is/assay in 384~well format) and assayed as described.
Alternatively, assays are performed using anandamide [ethanolamine l-.sup.3H] (specific activity of 10 C1/mmoϊ) diluted with cold anandamide to achieve a final assay concentration of 1 μM anandamide (-50,000 cpm). Enzyme (CHO cell lysate, brain or liver homogenate) is incubated in assay buffer (50 mM Phosphate, pH 8.0, 1 mM EDTA, 200 mM KCl, 0.2% glycerol, 0.1 % fatty acid free BSA) with inhibitor at 25°C for 30 minutes. The reaction was terminated by addition of 2 volumes of chloroform : methanol (1 :1) and mixed by vortexing. Following a centrifugation step, 2000 rpm for 10 min. at room temperature, the aqueous phase containing the released 3H-ethanolarnide was recovered and quantitated by liquid scintillation as a reflection of FAAH enzyme activity.
Ramarao M.K,, et al. A fluorescence-based assay for fatty acid amide hydrolase compatible with high-throughput screening. Anal. Biochem. 343:143-51 (2005)
Wilson SJ., et I. A high-throughput-compatible assay for determining the activity of fatty acid amide hydrolase. Anal Biochem. 318:270-5 (2003).
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Preparation of the Compounds of the Invention.
The compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the procedures denoted in the following reaction Schemes and Examples or modifications thereof using readily available starting materials, reagents, and conventional procedures thereof well- known to a practioner of ordinary skill in the art of synthetic organic chemistry. Specific definitions of variables in the Schemes are given for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the procedures described.
INTERMEDIATE 1 5-Chloroργridine-2-thioϊ
Figure imgf000030_0001
2,5-Dichloropyridme (5.0 g) and thiourea (2.57 g) were suspended in 50 mL of EtOH and the mixture was heated at 95 °C for 22 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, and was slowly added a solution of 2.8 g of KOH in 5.0 mL of water. The solution was heated at 95 °C for 2 h, cooled, poured into 100 mL of 0.5 N NaOH, made acidic with acetic acid. The product was extracted with dichloromethane, washed with water, dried over MgSO4, and filtered. The organic layer was concentrated to give 2.3 g of the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 4.39 (s, 1H). LCMS: m/z 146.0 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 2
4-(Bromoacetyl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile
Figure imgf000030_0002
Step 1. A mixture of (1 -ethoxyvmyl)tributyltin (27.1 g), 4-bromo-2-fluorobenzonitrile (15 g), and PdCl2(PPh3^ (1 g) in 50 mL of toluene under nitrogen was heated at 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with H2O, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered. To the organic solution was added KF/Celite (50%wt from Aldrich) and stirred for 1.5 h. Upon filtration and concentration, the residue was taken up in 75 mL of EtOH and 42 mL of 2 N HCl, stirred at rt for 1 h to hydrolyze the vinyl ethyl ether to the desired methyl ketone. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was taken up in EtOAc, washed with H2O, aq NaHCO3, brine, dried MgSO4, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give 1 1.0 g of crude product that was used as is in next step without further purification.
Step 2. The crude product of Step 1 was dissolved in 50 mL of chloroform and cooled to
0 °C, to which was added catalytic amount OfAlCl3 and 2.7 mL of bromine in 25 mL of chloroform. The addition of bromine lasted 1 h to keep the reaction solution at 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C overnight, chloroform was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was loaded onto a silica column. Eluting with 5-10% EtOAc in hexanes provided the title compound. LCMS: m/z 242 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 3
4-(Bromoacetyl)-2-chlorobenzomtrile
Figure imgf000030_0003
The title compound was prepared starting with 4-bromo-2-chlorobenzonitrile and following the same procedure as described for intermediate 2. LCMS: m/z 258 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 4 2~Bromo- 1 - ( 6-bromoρyridin-3 -yl) ethanone
Figure imgf000031_0001
The title compound was prepared starting with l-(6~bromopyridin-3-yl)ethanone and following the same procedure as described in the step 2 for intermediate 2. LCMS: m/z 277.9 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 5 2-Bromo- 1 -(5 ~cyanopyridin-2-yl)ethanone
Figure imgf000031_0002
The title compound was prepared starting with l-(5-cyanoρyridin-2-yl)ethanone and following the same procedure as described in the step 2 for intermediate 2. LCMS: m/z 225 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 6
Methyl 4-fbromoacetyl)benzoate
Figure imgf000031_0003
4-(Bromoacetyl)benzoic acid (10 g, 41.3 mmol) was dissolved in 75 mL of MeOH and 75 mL of methylene chloride. Trimethylsilyl diazomethane (2.0 M in ether) was slowly added at 0 °C until a yellow color persisted. The volatiles were evaporated to give the title compound, 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 8.18 (d, 2H)5 8.16 (d, 2H)3 4.68 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 258 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 7 2-{5-Iodo-1-methyl-4-r4-d 3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-1H-imidazol-2-vI}pyridine
Figure imgf000031_0004
Step 1, 2-Pyridinecarboxirmdamide HCl salt (11.7 g, 74.3 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate
(13.7 g, 163 mmol) were suspended in 100 mL of THF and 30 mL of water. The suspension was heated to reflux, to which was slowly added methyl 4-(bromoacetyl)benzoate (Intermediate 6, 21 g, 82 mmol) in 70 mL of THF over 4 h. The reflux was continued overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, partially concentrated, and cooled with an ice-water bath. The precipitate was collected by filtration, rinsed with two 50-mL portions of water, and air-dried to provide the desired product. LCMS: 280 [M+l].
Step 2, Methyl 4-(2-ρyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzoate (from Step 1 , 19.55 g, 70 mmol) was dissolve in TΗF (160 mL), to which was added Cs2CO3 (29.6 g, 91 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring for 5 min, MeI (11 mL, 175 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight at rt, the reaction was quenched with aq NH4Cl. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was subject to silica column chromatography (0-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to give 12.5 g of methyl 4-(l -methyl-2~pyridm-2-yl~ 1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzoate. LCMS : m/z 294 (M+H)+.
Steυ 3. Methyl 4-(l-methyl-2-pyridin»2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzoate (12.5 g, 42.6 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (120 mL), to which was added NIS (10.6 g, 47 mmol) and 0.5 mL of TFA. After stirring for 5 min, the reaction was diluted with 120 mL of methylene chloride and quenched with aq NaHCO3. The organic layer was separated, washed with aq Na2S2O3, water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 16.3 g of methyl 4-(5-iodo- 1 -me%l-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1H~imidazol-4-yl)benzoate. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.63 (m, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H)5 8.18 (s, 4H), 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 4.22 (s, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H). LCMS: [M+l]=420.
Step 4. Methyl 4-(5-iodo- 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzoate (Step 3 , 2 g, 1.9 mmol) was suspended in 10 mL of EtOH and 3 mL of anhydrous hydrazine, and heated at reflux for 2 h. After the reaction was cooled to rt, the solid product was filtered, washed with hexanes, and air-dried to give 750 mg of 4-(5-iodo-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4- yl)benzohydrazide. LCMS: [M+l]=420.
Step 5. 4-(5-Iodo-l"methyl-2-pyridin-2~yl-lJ7-imidazol-4-yl)benzohydrazide (4.9 g, 12 mmol) was suspended in 60 mL of tri ethyl orthoformate, to which was added 1 mL of TFA. The suspension was heated at 130 °C. The reaction was cooled to rt, and the precipitate was collected, washed with hexanes and dried to give 4.8 g of the title compound. 1Η NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.62 (m, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.11 (m, 1H), 8.09 (s, 4H), 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 3H). LCMS: [M+l]=430. EXAMPLE 1
4-{5-[f4-Chlorophenyl)thiol-2-phenyl-l//-imidazol-4-yl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000033_0001
Step, 1. Benzenecarboximidamide (2.9 g, 24 mmol), 4-bromoacetylbenzonitrile (5 g, 22 mmol), and sodium bicarbonate (1.8 g, 22 mmol) were suspended in 70 mL of THF and 10 niL of water and heated at reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled rt, and partially concentrated. An additional 10 mL of water was added, and the resulting suspension was stirred at 50-60 °C for 30 min. The mixture was cooled with an ice-water bath and the precipitate was collected by filtration, rinsed with two 10~mL portions of water, and air-dried. The solid material was stirred with 15 mL of EtOAc and 15 mL of hexanes, and was again collected by filtration, and dried to give 4-(2-phenyl-1H-imidazoI-4-yl)benzonitrile. LCMS: min [M+l]-246.
Step 2. The product of Step 1 (700 mg, 2.85 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of MeCN, to which was added NIS (770 mg, 3.42 mmol) and catalytic amount of TFA. After stirring at rt overnight, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq NaHCO3, aq Na2S2O3, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 770 mg of 4-(5-iodo-2-phenyl-l/f-imidazol-4-yl)benzonitrile. LCMS: [M+l]=372.
Step 3. CuI (20 mg, 0.104 mmol), K2CO3 (573 mg, 4.15 mmol), the product of Step 2 (770 mg, 2.0 mmol), and 4-chlorobenzenethiol (330 mg, 2.2 mmol) were added to a flask, which was flushed with N2. 2-Propanol (8 mL) and ethylene glycol (0.23 mL, 4.15 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 24 h. Then the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, filtered, concentrated, and the residue was subject to silica column chromatography (5-25% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 8.08 (m, 1H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.47 (m, 4H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.17 (d, 2H). LCMS: m/z 388.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 2 4- { 5-IY4-Chlorophenyl)tmO-[- 1 -methyl -2-phenyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile
Figure imgf000033_0002
4-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2-phenyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile (Example 1, 222 mg, 0.57 mmol) was dissolve in THF (6 ml), to which was added NaH (60% wt, 27.5 mg, 0.687 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring for 5 min, MeI (0.05 ml, 0.86 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h, and then quenched with aq NH4Cl to adjust the pH to 6-8. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was subject to silica column chromatography (0-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound as the major region isomer. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 8.18 (d, 2H), 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.68 (m, 3H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.09 (d, 2H)5 3.70 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 402 (M+H)+. The minor region isomer was the title compound of Example 3.
EXAMPLE 3
4-(4-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-phenyl-l/i-imida2ol-5-yl}benzonitrile
Figure imgf000034_0001
The title compound was prepared as the minor product in the reaction described in Example 2. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, 2H), 7.63 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d> 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 402 (M+H)+.
The examples in Table 1 were prepared with the procedures described in Example 2, 3 using appropriate starting materials (amidine and α-bromoketone) shown in the table.
TABLEl
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
EXAMPLE 27 S-r(4-Chlorophenyl)thio1-1,2-dimethyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl1-1H'-imidazolc
Figure imgf000039_0001
Step 1. 2-Bromo-l~[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethanone (2.4 g, 8.7 mmol) was added over a period of 30 min to the suspension of sodium acetate (0.7 g, 8.7 mmol) in DMF (25 niL) at RT. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h, and was partitioned between H2O (100 mL) and EtOAc/hexane (20/100 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (3 * 100 mL), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, and concentrated to give 2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2- oxoethyl acetate. LCMS: m/e =256 [M+l ]+.
Step 2. The product of Step 1 (2.2 g, 8.7 mmol), NH4OAc (13.5 g, 170 mmol), and xylene
(20 mL) was kept under reflux for 15 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between H2O (500 mL)/saturated aq K2CO (50 mL) and EtOAc/hexane (400/100 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (3 x 200 mL), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, and concentrated, and the residue was purified by crystallization from Et2O/hexane to give 2~methyl-5-[4- (methylsuIfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole. LCMS: [M+l ]+ =237.1.
Step 3. To the product of Step 2 (750 mg, 3.2 mmol) in 10 mL of CH3CN was added N- iodosuccinimide (710 mg, 3.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h, cooled to -2O°C, The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with cold Et2O and dried to give 4-iodo-2- methyl-5~[4"(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole. LCMS: [M+l]+ =362.9.
Step 4. To NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.12 g, 3.0 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added 4- chlorobenzenethiol (0.44 g, 3.0 mmol). After stirring for 15 min, the reaction mixture was added to the product of Step 3 (1.09 g, 3.0 mmol) and CuBr (0.65 g, 4.5 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) under argon. The resulting mixture was kept at 140 °C for 4 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was partitioned between H2O and EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, filtered through a thin pad of silica gel, and the filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (DCM to EtOAc) to give 4-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-2-methyl-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole. LCMS: [M+l]+ =379.0
Step 5. To the product of Step 4 (0.38 g, 0.96 mmol) and iodomethane (1.0 mL, IM solution in THF, 1.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 5 °C under argon was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.040 g, 1.0 mmol). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the reaction was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and H2O (20 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with H2O, brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by crystallization from EtOAc/hexane to give the title compound. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 2.52 (3H, s), 3.03 (3H, s), 3.51 (3H, s), 6.91-6.99 (2H, m), 7.21-7.29 (2H, m), 7.88-7.94 (2H3 m), 8.21-8.27 (2H, m). LC-MS: m/z 393.0 [M + H]+
EXAMPLE 28
5 - F(4-Chlorophenyl)thiol -2-ethyl- 1 -methyl -4- [4-(methylsulfonγl)phenyl ] - 1 //-imidazole
Figure imgf000040_0001
Step 1. Propionic acid (1.5 mL, 20 mrnol) was added over a period of 30 min to a stirred suspension Of Cs2COj (3.30 g, 10 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL), The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was suspended in DMF (25 mL), to which was added 2-bromo-1-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]ethanone (5.00 g, 18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h, and then partitioned between H2O ( 100 mL) and EtOAc/hexane (20/100 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with water (3 x 200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give 2-[4-(methylsulfonyi)phenyl]-2-oxoethyl propionate. LCMS: [M+l]+=271.
Step 2. The product of Step 1 (4.03 g, 15 mmol), NH4OAc (23.12 g, 300 mmol), and xylene (20 mL) were kept at reflux for 15 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was partitioned between dilute K2CO3, and EtOAc/hexane. The organic layer was separated, washed with H2O3 dried over anhydrous Na24, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by crystallization from CC14/DCM to give 2-ethyl-4-[4~(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole. LCMS: [M+ 1]+ =251.
Step 3. The product of Step 2 was converted to the title compound following the procedure described for Step 3, 4, 5 of Example 27. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- J«j): 1.31 (3H, t), 2.80 (2H, q), 3.19 (3H, s), 3.52 (3H3 s), 7.06 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.38 (2H, d, J-8.6), 7.91 (2H, d, J=8.6), 8.21 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz). LC-MS: m/z 407.1 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 29 5-[f4-Chlorophenyl)thio-|-2-isopropyl- 1 -methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyll- 1H-imidazole SO2Me
Figure imgf000041_0001
The title compound was prepared from 2-methylpropanoic acid following the procedure described for Example 28. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ύfc): 1.31 (6H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 3.18 (3H, s), 3.20-3.25 (1H5 m), 3.55 (3H, s), 7.04 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.38 (2H> d, J=8.6), 7.91 (2H, d, J=8.6), 8.21 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz) LC-MS APCI: m/z 421.1 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 30
5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2-cyclopentyl-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonγl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole
,SO2Me
// \ " "
Figure imgf000041_0002
The title compound was prepared from cyclopenlanecarboxylic acid following the procedure described for Example 28. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6): 1.59-1.73 (2H, m),l .74-1.85 (2H, m), 1.86-1.96 (2H, m), 2.00-2.11 (2H, m), 3.18 (3H3 s), 3.29-3.37 (1H, m), 3.58 (3H, s), 7.03 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.38 (2H, d, J=B.6), 7.91 (2H3 d, J=8.6), 8.21 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz). LC-MS [M+lf=447
EXAMPLE 31
5-[(4-Chlorophenvπthiol-2-cyclohexyl-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-iroida2θle
^^^SO2
Figure imgf000041_0003
The title compound was prepared from cyclohexanecarboxylic acid following the procedure described for Example 28. 1H NMR (400 MHz, OM$O-d6): 1.21-1.47 (3H, m)> 1.54-1.76 (3H, m), 1.77-1.87 (2H, m), 1.88-1.98 (2H, m), 2.94-2.82 (1H, m), 3.18 (3H, s), 3.55 (3H5 s), 7.03 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.38 (2H, d, J=8.6), 7.91 (2H5 d, J=8.3), 8.21 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz). LC-MS APCI: m/z 461.1 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 32 5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l"methyl-4-[4-faethylsιilfonvl)phenyl]-2-(tetrahydro-2H~pyran-4-y])-
1/J-imidazole
Figure imgf000042_0001
The title compound was prepared from tetrahydro-2iϊr-pyran-4-carboxylic acid following the procedure described for Example 28. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ύfc): 1.77-1.93 (4H5 m), 3.12- 3.24 (3H, s, 1H, m), 3.42-3.54 (2H, m), 3.58 (3H, s), 3.91-4.03 (2H, m), 7.03 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.38 (2H5 d, J=8.6), 7.91 (2H5 d, J=8.6), 8.21 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz). LC-MS: m/z 463.1 [M + H]+.
EXAMPLE 33 4-{5-[r4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-liJ'-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile
Figure imgf000042_0002
Step 1. Methylamine (100 mL of 2M solution in THF) was charged into a 500 mL flask, to which was added 150 mL OfEt2O. At -78 °C, 15 g of 4-bromoacetyl benzonitrile was added, and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt. After stirring for 5 h, the reaction mixture was poured into a separatory funnel and shaken with 15% aq HaOH (20 mL). The precipitate was collected by filtration, and air-dried to give 4-(N-methylglycyl)benzonitrile,
Step 2. 4"(iV-Methylglycyi)benzomtrile (2.6 g) and 20 ml of formamide were heated in a microwave tube at 210 °C for 20 rain. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc, made basic with 15% aq NaOH, washed with water (3 x 100 mL) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was subject to silica column chromatography (70% EtOAc in hexanes to 100% EtOAc) to give 1.05 g of 4-(l-methyl-lff-imidazol-4-yl)benzonitrile. LCMS: M+l=l 84. Step 3. To 4-(l -methyl- 1H~imidazol-4-yl)benzomtrile (Step 2, 1.05 g, 5.73 mmol) in methylene chloride (15 mL) was added NCS (765 mg, 5.73 mmol) and 3 drops of TFA. After stirring at 50 °C for 3 hrs, the reaction was diluted with 20 mL of methylene chloride and quenched with aq NaHCO3. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 4-(5-chloro-l -methyl- l/-f-imidazol-4-yl)benzonitrile. LCMS: [M+l]=218.
Step 4. 4-(5-Chloro-l"iτiethyl-l/f-imidazol-4-yl)benzonitrile (1 g), 4-chlorobenzenethiol
(797 mg), and 1.3 ml of triethylamine in 20 mL of DMF were heated in a microwave tube at 180 °C for 90 rnin. The reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC with MS detector to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.21 (d, 2H)3 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, 2H), 7.45 (d, 2H)5 6.98 (d, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H). LCMS: [M+l]=326.
EXAMPLE 34 4-{5-[(4~Chlorophenyl)thio]-2-iodo-1-methyl-liJ'-imidazol-4-yl|benzonitrile
Figure imgf000043_0001
To 4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl~lif~imidazol~4-yl}benzonitrile (Example 31 , 50 mg, 0.153 mmol) in THF (0.75 mL) was added freshly made LDA (0.2 mL, 0.2 mmol) at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 1 h, I2 (55 mg, 0.215 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed up to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with aq NH4Cl, and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with aq Na2S2O3, water, and brine, dried over MgSθ4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography (5-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.20 (d, 2H)5 7.65 (d, 2H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H). LCMS: [M+l]=451.9.
EXAMPLE 35
4- {5-[f 4-chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -ethyl-2-phenyl-l/i'-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile
Figure imgf000043_0002
To 4-{5-[(4~chlorophenyl)1liio]-2-phenyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile (Example 2, 10 mg) in
THF (1 mL) was added NaH (60% wt, 15 mg) at 0 °C. After stirring for 5 min, EtI (0.05 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at 50 °C overnight, then quenched with aq NH4Cl to adjust the pH to 6-8. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the combined extracts were washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was subject to silica column chromatography (0-15% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound. LCMS: m/z 416 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 36 5-Chloro-2-('{l-methvl-4-[4-(1,3,4-oJcadiazol-2-vnphenyl1-2-pvridin-2-vl-li/--imidazol-5- yl}thio)pyridine
Figure imgf000044_0001
CuI (136 mg), K2CO3 (2 g), Intermediate 7 (3.07 g, dried by azeotroping with PhMe), and Intermediate 1 (2.5 g) were added to a flask, which was flushed with N2. 2-Propanol (25 mL) and ethylene glycol (0.8 mL) were added, and the reaction was heated at 80 °C for 24 hrs. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes/CHaCVEtOAc (v/v/v 25:25:50) to afford 2.3 g of pure product. 1HNMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.19 (d, 2H), 8.09 (d, 2H), 8.01 (m, 1H)5 7.77 (d, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 447 (M+H)+.
The examples in Table 2 were prepared following the procedures described in Example 36 using the appropriate thiol and Intermediate 7 as the starting materials. TABLE 2
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0002
EXAMPLE 48
2- (5-ff4-Chlorophenvnthio1-l -methvl-4-|"4-f5-meihvl-l ,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)phenyll-1H- imida2ol"2-vl| pyridine
Figure imgf000047_0001
Step 1. Starting with compound of Example 18 and following the procedure described in
Step 4 for Intermediate 7, 4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2~yl-l/i'"imidazol-4- yl}benzohydrazide was prepared, LCMS: m/z 436, (M+Η)+.
Step 2. Starting with 4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4- yl}benzohydrazide (Step 1) and trimethyl orthoacetate, the title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Step 5 of Intermediate 7. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (De- acetone): 8.73 (d, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.40 (d, 2H)3 8.07 (d, 2H), 8.01 (t, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 2H)5 4.18 (s, 3H)} 2.68 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 460 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 49
4-(5-rf4-Chloroυhenynthio1-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yll-N- formylb enzohydrazide
Figure imgf000048_0001
4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-pyridin-2~yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzohydrazide (Step 1 of Example 48, 400 mg) was dissolved in 3 mL of formic acid. After stirring overnight, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.84 (broad d, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.19 (d, 2H), 7.85 (t, 1H), 7.48 (broad d, 2H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H)? 4.14 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 464, (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 50
2- (5-IY4-Chlorot>henyl)thio-|- 1 -methyl-4-r4-(L3,4-thiadiazol-2-vDphenviyig-imidazol-2- yl I pyridine
Figure imgf000048_0002
4-{5-[(4~Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H'-imidazol-4-yl}-JV- formylbenzohydrazide (Example 49, 450 mg, 0.98 mmol) was treated with P2S5 (218 mg, 0.98 mmol) in 12 mL of dioxane. After the reaction mixture was heated at 55 °C overnight, the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with IN NaOH, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS O4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was subjected to silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30-85% EtOAc in hexanes to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, 1H), 8.43 (broad d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 2H), 8.06 (d, 2H), 7.89 (t, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 4.16 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 462 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 51
5-(4- (5- j" f 4-Chlorophenyl)thiol- 1 -methyl-2-pvridin-2-yl-l H-imidazol-4-vπ phenyl)- 1 ,3,4- oxadiazol-2 -amine
Figure imgf000049_0001
A solution OfNaHCO3 (20 mg, 0.238 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-ρyridin-2-yl- 1H-imidazol-4- yl}benzohydrazide (Step 1 of Example 48, 100 mg, 0.229 mmol) in 2 mL of dioxane at it. A suspension of cyanogen bromide (29 mg, 0.275 mmol) in dioxane (0.25 mL) was added in 4- equal portions at 1 min intervals. After 45 min, the reaction mixture was poured into aq NaHCO3 and the product was extracted 3 times with EtOAc. The organic extracts were concentrated, and the residue was subjected to reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq NaHCO3, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.71 (d, 1H), 8.58 (broad d, 1H), 8.35 (d, 2H), 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 4.14 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 461 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 52
5-(4-(54f4-.Chlorophenvnthio1-1-roethyl-2-pvridin-2-vl-lJ/-imidazol-4-vUphenvn-l ,3,4- oxadiazol-2(3iJVone
Figure imgf000049_0002
To 4-{5-[(4~cUoropheτiyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzohydrazide (Step 1 of Example 48, 120 mg, 0.27 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added phosgene (PhMe solution, 0.55 mmol) at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 60 min, the reaction was quenched with aq NaHCO3 and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was re-crystallized in MeCN/MeOH to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCI3): 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.42 (broad d, 1H), 8.28 (d, 2H), 7.91 (d, 2H), 7.89 (m, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.27 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 4.17 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 462 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 53
5-f4- (5-[Y4-Chlorophenyl)thio1- 1 -methyl-2-pyridm-2-yl-l/f-imidazol-4-yllphenvI)- 1.3,4- oxadiazol-2(3/:/ythione
Figure imgf000050_0001
To 4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl"2-pyridin"2-yl-1H-imidazol-4"yl}benzohydrazide (Step 1 of Example 48, 50 mg, 0.1 15 mmol) and l,l'~carbonothioylbis(l/i-imidazole) (41 mg, 0.23 raraol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added triethylamine (46 mg, 0.46 mmol) at rt. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched with aq NaHCO3 and the product was extracted 3 times with EtOAc. The combined extracts were concentrated, and the residue was subjected to reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq NaHCO3, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.38 (broad d, 1H)5 8.36 (d, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.84 (m, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.27 (d, 2H)3 7.07 (d, 2H), 4.16 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 478 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 54 l-(4-(5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-vl-l//-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)ethanone
Figure imgf000050_0002
A mixture of 2-{4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-l//-imidazol-2- yl} pyridine (Example 15, 2 g, 4.38 mmol), (l-ethoxyvinyul)tributyltin (1.7 g, 4.82 mmol), PdCl2(PPb-3)2 (67 mg, 0.2 mmol), and 15 mL of toluene under nitrogen was heated at 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with H2O, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered. To the filtrate was added KF/Celite (50%wt from Aldrich) which was stirred for 1.5 h. Upon filtration and concentration, the residue was taken up in 20 mL of EtOH and 10 mL of 2 N HCl, stirred at it for 1 h. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and a small amount of EtOAc. The solid was further purified by silica gel column chromatography (10-50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.62 (d, 1H)5 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.26 (d, 2H), 8.19 (d, 2H), 7.83 (t, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 4.13 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 420 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 55
1 -(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-l/f-imidazoI-4-yl}phenyl)ethanol
Figure imgf000051_0001
To 1 -(4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]"l-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yHH-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)ethanone (Example 54, 428 nig, 1.0 mmol) in 5 niL of MeOH was added NaBH4 (77 mg, 2.0 mmol) at 0 °C. After 5 min, the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.67 (d, 1H), 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.21 (d, 2H), 7.85 (t, 1H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.07 (d, 2H), 4.96 (m, 1H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 1.56 (d, 3H). LCMS: m/z 422 (M+H)+. The racemic alcohol was resolved on a Chiral OJ column (25% EtOH / 75% hexanes, flow rate imL/min) to give two enantiomers: faster enanliomer's retention time = 19.3 min; slower enantiomer's retention time = 22.1 min.
EXAMPLE 56 l-r4-(5-[r4-Chlorophenvl)thiol-1-methvl-2-pγridm-2-vl-1H-imidazol-4-vUphenyl)-2.2- difiuoroethanone
Figure imgf000051_0002
To 2- {4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl- 1H-imidazol-2-yl} pyridine (Example 15, 150 mg, 0.33 mmol) in 1 ml of THF was added BuLi (2.5 mL in hexanes, 0.16 mL, 0.39 mmol) at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 10 min, ethyl difluoroacetate (61 mg,
0.493 mmol) was added and the reaction was allowed to warm up slowly to rt. Then the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.64 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H)3 8.36 (d, 2H), 8.16 (d, 2H), 7.88 (t, 1H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 6.38 (t, 1H), 4.17 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 456 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 57
1 -(4- (5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio1-l -methyl-2-pvridm-2-yl- 1 J?-imidazoI-4-yl)phenylV2.2- difluoroethanol
Figure imgf000052_0001
The title compound was prepared from 1 -(4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-2,2~difluoroethanone (Example 56) following the procedure described for Example 55. 1H NMR (500 MHz? (CDCl3): 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.04 (d, 2H), 7.84 (t, 1H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 5.74 (dt, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.12 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 458 (M+H)+. The racemic alcohol was resolved on a Chiral AD-H column (20% EtOH / 80% hexanes, flow rate lmL/min) to give two enantiomers: faster enantiomer's retention time = 17.8 min; slower enantiomer's retention time = 20.4 min.
EXAMPLE 58 l-f4-(5-.rf4-Chlorophenyl)thio1-1-methvl--2-pvridin-2-yl-l/f-imidazol-4-vUphenvl)-2.2,2- trifiuoroethanone
Figure imgf000052_0002
The title compound was prepared following the procedure described for Example 56, using ethyl trifiuoroacetate instead of ethyl difiuoroacetate. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.64 (broad s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.12 (d, 2H), 7.88 (t, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.05 4.17 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 474 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 59 μ('4-(5-[f4-Chloroυhenyl')thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridm-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-vUphenvl)--2,2,2- trifluoroethanol
Figure imgf000053_0001
The title compound was prepared from l-(4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-iτιethyI-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanone (Example 58) following the procedure described for Example 55. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.64 (broad s, 1H)5 8.39 (broad d, 1H), 7.84 (t, 1H), 7.36 (t, 1H)5 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.15 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 476 (M+H)+. )+. The racemic alcohol was resolved on a Chiral OJ column (20% EtOH / 80% hexanes, flow rate imL/min) to give two enantiomers: faster enantiomer's retention time = 15.8 min; slower enantiomer's retention time = 18.9 min,
EXAMPLE 60
Methyl 2-C4- (5-|Y4-chlorophenvDthiol-l -methyl-2-pγridin-2-yl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl I phenyl V2- methylpropanoate
Figure imgf000053_0002
LiHMDS (1.4 mL of 1 M solution in PhMe) was added to methyl isobutyrate(134 mg, 1.3 mmol) at 0 °C. The solution was stirred for 10-15 min at rt before it was transferred to a flask containing 2- {4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-1H-imidazoϊ-2-yl}pyridine (Example 15, 200 mg, 0.44 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (25 mg, 0.044 mmol), and tri-t-butylphosphonium tetrafhiorob orate (13 mg, 0.044 mmol) in 1 mL of PhMe. After stirring at rt overnight, it was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel column chromatography (5-15% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.67 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.06 (d, 2H), 7.84 (t, 1H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.05 (d, 2H), 4.13 (s, 3H)3 3.65 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H). LCMS: m/z 478 (MH-H)+.
EXAMPLE 61 2-r5-r(4-Chlorophenvl')thio1-4-f 4-iodophenvϊ1)- 1 -methyl- li7-imidazol-2-yl1pyridine
Figure imgf000054_0001
To 2-{4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-metliyl--1H--Imidazol-2-yl}pyridine (Example 15, 150 mg, 0.33 mmol) in THF (1 niL) was added BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 0.17 mL, 0.427 mmol) at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 0.5 h, I2 (167 mg, 0.657 mmol) was added and the reaction was allowed to warm up to rt overnight. The reaction was quenched with aq NH4CI, extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with aq Na2S2O3, water, and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (1-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.64 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H)5 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.85 (t, 1H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 4.11). LCMS: [M+l]=504.
EXAMPLE 62 2- { 5- r(4-Chlorophenyl)thiol- l-methyl-4-f 4-( 1 iff-pyrazol- 1 - γl)phenyl1 - 1 iJr-imidazol-2-yl ) pyridine
Figure imgf000054_0002
To a microwave tube were added 2-[5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-4-(4-iodophenyl)-1-methyl-1H- rmidazol-2-yI]pyridine (Example 61 , 150 mg, 0.298 mmol), CuI (5.67 mg, 0.03 mmol), pyrazole (41 mg, 0.595 mmol), potassium carbonate (82 mg, 0.595 mmol), and 4 niL of NMP. The reaction was heated at 195 °C for 90 min via microwave. After filtration through Celite, the reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCI3): 8.66 (d, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 8.24 (d, 2H), 7.96 (d, 1H)3 7.86 (dt, 1H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 2H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.33 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 6.48 (m, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 444 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 63
2- { 5-f (4-Chlorophenγl)thio1 -4- [4-f lff-imidazol- 1 -yDphenyl] - 1 -methyl- 1 ff-imidazol-2- yl I pyridine
Figure imgf000055_0001
To a microwave tube were added 2-[5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-4-(4-iodophenyl)-l -methyl- IH- imidazol-2-yl]pyridine (Example 61, 150 mg, 0.30 mmol), CuI (57 mg, 0.30 mmol), pyrazole (61 mg, 0.89 mmol), NjN'-dimethylethylenediamine ((79 mg, 0.89 mmol), potassium t-butoxide (100 mg, 0.89 mmol), and 4 niL of NMP. The reaction was heated at 150 °C for 90 min via microwave. After filtration through Celite, the reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 8.24 (d, 2H), 7.98 (broad s, 1H), 7.84 (t, 1H), 7.43 (d, 2H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 4.15 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 444 (M+H)+.
The examples in Table 3 were prepared following similar procedures described in Example 63 using 2-[5-[(4~chlorophenyl)thio]-4-(4-iodophenyl)-1-methyl-li/-imidazol-2-yl]pyridine (Example 61) and appropriate heterocycles as the starting materials.
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000055_0002
Figure imgf000056_0001
EXAMPLE 71 -{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H'-imidazol-4-yl|ben2amide
Figure imgf000057_0001
To 4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-phenyl-l/f-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile (Example 2, 25 mg, 0.062 iranol) in 2 mL DMSO at O°C was added ImL of 30% H2O2 (aq). A catalytic amount OfK2CO3 was added and the reaction was stirred at 50 °C for 60 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and the product was purified by reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq NaHCO3, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.23 (d, 2H), 7.84 (d, 2H), 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 3H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H)5 6.23 (broad s, 1H), 5.82 (broad s, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 420 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 72 3-(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2 -phenyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl } phenyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000057_0002
To 4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]~ 1 -methyl-2-phenyl-1H~imidazol-4-yl }benzonitrile (Example 2, 30 mg, 0.075 mmol) in 2 mL EtOH was added 0.25 mL OfHONH2 and catalytic amount of K2CO3. The reaction was heated at 120 °C for 60 min via microwave. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in 5 mL triethylorthoformate. Catalytic amount of TFA was added and the reaction was heated at 130 °C for 3h. The volatiles were removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, 2H), 8.18 (d, 2H), 7.72 (m, 2H)? 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 445 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 73 2-f 4- (5-[Y4-Chlorophenyl)thio1- 1 -methyl-2-υhenyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenyl)proτ)an-2-ol
Figure imgf000058_0001
Step 1. To 4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]"l -methyl-2-phenyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile
(Example 2, 35 mg, 0.087 mmol) in 0.75 mL of THF was added MeMgBr (3M in ether, 0.44 mmol) at 0 °C. After heating at reflux for 2 hr, the reaction was cooled to rt and 5 mL 2N HCl was added, and was stirred for another hour. The reaction was quenched with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (pH = ca 7). The product was extracted with EtOAc, the combined extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to give 1 - (4- { 5 - [(4-chlorophenyl)thio] - 1 -methyl -2-phenyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl } phenyl) ethanone, whi ch was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2. To the crude product of Step 1 in 1 mL of THF was added 0.1 mmol of MeMgBr
(3M in ether) at -78 °C. After stirring at 0 °C for 1 hr, the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl, and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.04 (d} 2H), 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, 2H), 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H)5 1.61 (s, 6H). LCMS: m/z 435 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 74
4-{5-[f4-Chlorophenyl)thio1-1-methyl-2-phenyl-lJ?-imidazol-4-yl}benzoic acid
Figure imgf000058_0002
A mixture of 4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-phenyl- l/f-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile
(Example 2, 120 mg, 0.299 mmol) in 4 mL of EtOH and 4 mL of 2 N NaOH was stirred at 90 °C for 4 h. The mixture was neutralized with 2 N HCl (pH = ca 5) and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated to dryness, then the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 8.02 (m, 4H), 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.68 (m, 3H), 7.32 (d, 2H), 7.09 (d} 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 421 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 75 5-(4-{5-r(4-Chlorophenyl)thio1- 1 -methyl-2-phenyl- 1 ff-imidazoM-yl >phenγl)- 1H-1 ,2,4-triazole
Figure imgf000059_0001
Step 1, A mixture of 4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-phenyl-l/-r-imidazol-4- yljbenzamide (Example 71, 35 mg, 0.083 mmol) in 3 mL of dimethylformami de-dimethyl acetal was heated at 12O°C for 30min. The volatiles were removed to afford 4-{5-[(4- chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2-phenyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl } -N- [( 1 E)- (dimethylamino)methylene]benzamide> which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2. A mixture of the crude product of Step 1 , 2 mL of acetic acid and 0.15 mL of anhydrous hydrazine was stirred at 90 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz3 (CD3OD): 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 4H), 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.58 (rn, 3H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 6H). LCMS: m/z 421 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 76 2-f4-{5-[f4-Chlorophenyl)thio1-1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-imidazol--4-vl}phenvlV2- methyrpropanenitrile
Figure imgf000059_0002
Step 1. To 2-(4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l ~methyl~2-phenyl-1H-imidazol-4- yl}phenγl)propan-2-ol_(Exarnple 73, 300 mg, 0.69 mmol) in 4 mL of pyridine and 4 mL of acetic anhydride was added catalytic amount of DMAP. After stirring at 60 °C for 2 hr, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to afford 1 -(4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)mio]4 -methyl-2-phenyl- 1H- imidazol-4-yl) phenyl)- 1-methylethyl acetate which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2, A mixture of the product of Step 1 in 3 mL of THF and diethylaluminum cyanide (IM in THF, 6.29 mL, 6.29 mmol) was stirred at 60 °C for 1 hr. The reaction was quenched with aqueous Rochelle's salt, and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were concentrated and the residue was purified by reverser phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 7.98 (d, 2H), 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, 2H), 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.26 (d, 2H)5 7.04 (d, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 6H). LCMS: m/z 444 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 77 2-(4- (5-ff 4-Chlorophenyl)thioV 1 -methyl-2 -phenyl- l.ff-imida2ol-4-yllphenyl)-2- methylprppanamide
Figure imgf000060_0001
A susupension of 2- (4- { 5- [(4- chlorophenyl)thio] - 1 -methyl -2 -phenyl- 1 H-imidazol -4-yl } phenyl)- 2-methylpropanenitrile(Example 76, 120 mg, 0.270 mmol) in 3 mL of EtOH and 2 mL of 2 N NaOH was stirred at 90 °C over two days. The mixture was neutralized with 2 N HCl (pH = ca 5) and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The extracts were concentrated to dryness, and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 7.88 (d, 2H)3 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, 2H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 6H). LCMS: m/z 462 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 78 5-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methvl-2-pyridin-2-yl-l/-/-imida2ol-4-yl}pyridine-2~carbonitrile
Figure imgf000060_0002
Step 1. 2-Bromo-5-(2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyridine was prepared from
Intermediate 4 and 2-pyridylamidine HCl salt following the procedure described in Step 1 of Example 1. LCMS: m/z 301 (M+H)+. Step 2. 2-Bromo-5-(2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)ρyridine (Step 1 , 1.2 g, 3.98 mmol),
Zn(CN)2 (0.56 g, 4.78 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (0.58 g, 0.638 mmol), and DPPF (0.88 g, 1.6 mmol) were charged to a flask that was flushed with N2. Wet DMF (DMF:water 99:1 v/v, 14 mL) was added, and nitrogen was bubbled through the solution for 30 min. The resulting mixture was heated at 120 °C overnight. After cooling, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 2-cyano-5-(2-pyridin-2-yl-1H'- imidazol-4-yl)pyridine. LCMS: m/z 248 (M+H)+.
Step 3. Starting with 2-cyano-5-(2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol~4~yl)pyridine (Step 2) and following the procedure described in Step 2 of Example 1 , 5-(5-iodo-2~pyridin-2-yI-1H-- imidazol-4-yl)pyridine-2-carbonitrile was prepared. LCMS: m/z 374 (M+H)+.
Step 4. Starting with 5-(5-iodo-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyridine-2-carbonitrile (Step 3) and following the procedure described in Step 3 of Example 1 , 5- {5-[(4- chlorophenyl)thio]-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}pyridine-2-carbonitiile was prepared. LCMS: m/z 390 (M+H)+.
Step 5. Starting with 5- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-2-pyridin-2~yl- l/f-imidazol-4- yl}pyridine-2-carbonitrile (compound of Step 4) and following the procedure described in
Example 2, the title compound was prepared. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 9.57 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 7.88 (t, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 4.17 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 404 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 79
6-(5-[f4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-lJ/-imidazol-4-vUmcotinonitrile
Figure imgf000061_0001
Starting with Intermediate 5 and 2-pyridylamidine HCl salt, the title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, 1H)5 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 7.98 (t, 1H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 4.18 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 404 (M+H)+. The examples in Table 4 were prepared using the procedures and starting materials shown in the table.
TABLE 4
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0002
EXAMPLE 98 4- (5-[(4-Chlorophenvl)thio1- 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl| aniline
Figure imgf000065_0001
2- {4-(4-Bromophenyl)"5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl}pyridme (Example 15, 300 mg, 0.57 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (19 mg, 0.03 mmol), and biphenyl-PCy2 (1 1.5 mg, 0.03 mmol) were charged into a flask that was flushed with nitrogen. Toluene (2.2 mL) was added, followed by LiHMDS (IM in PhMe, 2 mL, 2 mmol). After heating at 75 °C overnight, the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4CI and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. The volatiles were evaporated and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3OD): 8.58 (broads, 1H), 8.18 (broad s, 1H), 7.98 (t, 1H), 8.27 (d, 2H), 7.68 (d, 2H), 7.46 (broad s, 1H)5 7.31 (d, 2H)3 7.07 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H). LCMS: rn/z 393 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 99
2-(5-r(4-Chlorophenvnthiol-1-methyl-4-r4-(2-methyl-2i74etrazol-5-vnphenyll-l//-imidazol-2- yl) pyridine
Figure imgf000066_0001
Step 1. A solution of 2- {4-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-li/- imidazol-2-yl} pyridine (Example 23, 160 mg, 0.41 mmol) and azidotrimethyltin (420 mg, 2.0 mrnol) in xylene (1.5 mL) was heated at 14O°C under nitrogen for 2 hrs. After cooling, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and silica, and the filtrate was concentrated to afford 2- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyϊ)thio]-l -methyl-4-[4-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]-1H-imidazol-2- yϊ} pyridine, which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2. . To the product of Step 1 in 1.5 mL of DMF was added K2CO3 (85 mg, 0.61 mmol). After stirring at rt for 30min, MeI (0.05 mL, 0.82 mmol) was added and stirring continued for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH / MeCN, and the precipitate was collected by filtration to give the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 8.44 (d, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.27 (d, 2H), 8.19 (d, 2H), 7.88 (t, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.07 (d, 2H)5 4.42 (s, 3H)5 4.15 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 460 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 100 5-Chloro-2-f(l-methyl-4-rό-('methyIsulfonyl)pyridin-3-yll-2-pyridin-2-vl-1H4midazol-5- yllthio)pyridme
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step 1 : l-(6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)ethanone was dissolved in 50 mL of chloroform and cooled to 0 °C, to which was added catalytic amount Of AlCl3 and 2.65 mL of bromine in 25 mL of chloroform. The addition of bromine lasted 1 h to keep the reaction solution at 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C overnight, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to afford 2-bromo-1-(6-bromopyridin-3~yl)ethanone which was used in the next step with out further purification. LCMS: [M+ 1]+ =279.
Step 2: 2-Pyridinecarboximidamide HCl salt (11.7 g, 74.3 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (13.7 g, 163 mmol) were suspended in 100 mL of THF and 30 mL of water. The suspension was heated to reflux, to which was slowly added the product from the previous step (22.9 g, 82 mmol) in 70 mL of THF over 4 h. The reflux was continued overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, partially concentrated, and cooled in ice-water bath. The precipitate was collected by filtration, rinsed with two 50-mL portions of water, and air-dried to afford 2-bromo-5-(2-pyridin- 2~yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyridine. LCMS: [M+l]+ =300.
Step 3: The product from the previous step (21 g, 70 mmol) was dissolved in THF (160 mL), to which was added Cs2CO3 (29.6 g, 91 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring for 5 min, MeI (11 mL, 175 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight at rt, the reaction was quenched with aq NH4Cl. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was subject to silica column (0-50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give 12.5 g of 2-bromo-5-(l-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyridme LCMS: [M+lf =315.
Step 4: To a solution of the product from the previous step (0.3 g, 0.952 mmol), excess copper (I) trifluoromethanesulfonate benzene complex, and excess sodium methanesulfϊnate was added excess N,N'-dimethylethane-l ,2-diamine. The mixture was heated at 185 °C for 90 min via microwave irradiation. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to afford l-methyl-4-[4-(raethylsulfonyl)phenyl]- 2-phenyl-1H-imidazole which was used with out further purification. LCMS: [M+ 1]+ =315.
Step 5: To a solution of Step 4 product (1.5 g, 4.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 niL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (1.07mg, 4.77 mmol) and three drops trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction was stirred at rt for 3 h. The mixture was neutralized with aqueous sodium bicarbonate and the organics were extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were then washed with aqueous sodium thiosulfate, followed by three washes with water. The organics were dried (MgSO4), concentrated, and purified by silica column eluting a gradient of 20-70% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give rise to the title compound as a brown solid. LCMS: [M+ 1]+ =440.
Step 6: To a dry suspension of the Step 5 product (1.2 g, 2.73 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.75 g, 5.45 mmol), copper (I) iodide (52 mg, 0.273 mmol), and Intermediate 1 (0.476 g, 3.27 mmol) in 10 mL isopropanol under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added ethylene glycol (0.3 mL, 5.45 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C for 16 h. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO4), concentrated, and purifed on silica gel column eluting a gradient of 20-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give rise to 5-Chloro- 2-({l-methyl~4-[6-(methylsulfonyl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-5-yl}thio)pyridine (0.836 g, yield 67%). 1H NMR (500 MHz), [(CD3)2CO]: 9.43 (br, 1H), 8.78 (br, 1H), 8.45 (br, 2H), 8.07 (br, 2H), 7.81 (br, 2H), 7.3 (br, 1H), 4.23 (s, 3H), 3.22 (s, 3H). LCMS: [MH-I ]+ =458. Human FAAH lysate assay: ICgo~ 48 nM.
The Examples in Table 5 were prepared following the procedures described in Example 100 using the appropriate thiol.
TABLE S
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
EXAMPLE 105 2-(5-{5-[f4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pvridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-vUpyridin-2-yl)propan-
Figure imgf000070_0001
Step 1 : 2-Bromo-5-(2-pyridin~2-yl4-methylimidazol-4-yi)pyridine (Example 100, Step 3 product, 1.2 g, 3.98 mmol), Zn(CN)2 (0.56 g, 4.78 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (0.58 g, 0.638 mmol), and DPPF (0.88 g, 1.6 mmol) were charged to a flask that was degassed and then filled with N2 (repeated three times). Wet DMF (DMF: water 99:1 v/v, 14 mL) was added, and nitrogen was bubbled through the solution for 30 min. The reaction was heated at 120 °C overnight. After cooling, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 2-cyano-5-(2-pyridin-2-yl-l/f-imidazol-4-yl)pyridine. LCMS: m/z 248 (M+H)+.
Step 2: Starting with the product from the previous step and following the procedure described in Step 5 of Example 100, 5-(5-iodo-2-pyridin-2-yl-l -methyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyridine-2- carbonitrile was prepared. LCMS: m/z 388 (M+H)+.
Step 3: Starting with the product from the previous step and the 4-chlorophenyl thiol and following the procedure described in Step 6 of Example 100, 5-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]~l~ methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H~imidazol-4-yl}pyridine-2-carbomtrile was prepared. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 9.57 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 7.88 (t, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H)3 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 4.17 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 404 (M+H)+.
Step 4: To the product from the previous step (35 mg, 0.087 mmol) in 0.75 mL of THF was added MeMgBr (3M in ether, 0.44 mmol) at 0 °C. After heated at reflux for 2 hr, the reaction was cooled to rt and 5 mL 2N HCl was added. After stirring at rt for 1 hr, the reaction was neutralized with aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The product was extracted with EtOAc, the combined extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to give l-(5-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}pyridin-2- yl)ethanone, which was used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: m/z 421 (M+H)+. Step 5: To the crude product from the previous step in 1 mL of THF was added 0.1 mmol of MeMgBr (3M in ether) at -78 °C, After stirring at 0 °C for 1 hr, the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl, and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDCl3): 9.22 (d, 1H), 8.70 (br, 1H), 8.42 (br, 1H), 838 (m, 1H)5 7.90 (m, 1H)5 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 4.15 (s, 6H). LCMS: m/z 437 (M+H)+. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50= 37.8 nM.
The Examples in Table 6 were prepared following the procedure described in Example 105.
TABLE 6
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0002
EXAMPLE 116 -[f4-chlorophenyl)thio1-4-[4-f2-iuryl)phenyl]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-3-ium trifluoroacetate
Figure imgf000074_0001
A mixture of 2- {4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl- 1H-imidazol-2- yl}pyridine (Example 15, 200 mg, 0.438 mmol), 2-furylboronic acid (49 mg, 0.438 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (H) chloride (50 mg, 0.044 mmol), was suspended in THF (3 niL) and sodium carbonate (1 mL of 1 M aqueous solution). The reaction was heated at 150 °C for 45 min via microwave irradiation. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the title compound (3 mg, 1.22%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3)2CO): 6 8.71 (d, 1H), 8.40 (m, 1H), 8.23 (d, 2H), 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 1H),6.S7 (d, 1H) 4.20 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 444.1 (M+H)+. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC5O=I 7.5 nM.
The examples in Table 7 were prepared according to the procedure described for Example 116 using the appropriate boronic acid and either 2-{4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1- methyl-l//-imidazol-2-yl} pyridine (Example 15) or the analagously prepared 2-{[4-(4- bromophenyl)"l -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1 H-imidazol-5-yl]thio} -5-chloropyridine as starting materials.
TABLE 7
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0002
EXAMPLE 119
2-{5~[f4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-4-[4-(134hiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-1H-imidazol-2-yl}pyridine
Figure imgf000076_0001
A mixture of 2-{4-(4-bromophenyl)-5"[(4~chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2- yljpyridine (Example 15, 200 mg, 0.438 mmol)? 2-(tributylstannyl)-1,3-thiazole (0.138 mL, 0.438 mmol), and tetrakis (50 mg, 0.044 mmol) was dissolved in toluene and heated at 150 °C for 20 min via microwave irradiation. The solvent was evaporated and the residue purified via column chormatography to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3)2CO): δ 8.71 (d, 1H), 8.40 (d, 1H), 8.40 (d, 2H), 8.32 (d, 2H), 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 4.18 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 461.0 (M+H)+. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50= 14.3 nM.
The examples in Table 8 were prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1 19 using the appropriate stannane and either 2-{4-(4-bromophenyl)-5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1- methyl-1H-imidazol-2~yl}pyridine (Example 15) or the analagously prepared 2-{[4-(4- bromophenyl)4-meihyl-2-pyridin-2~yl-1H-imidazol-5-yl]thio}-5-chloropyridine as starting materials.
TABLE 8
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0002
EXAMPLE 123 ethyl 4- (5-r(5-chloropγridin-2-yl)thio1-l -methyl- 1H-imidazpl-4-yl}benzoate
Figure imgf000078_0001
Step 1. A solution of 2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethanone (20 g, 93 mmol) in formamide (75 mL) was heated at 140 °C for 16 h. To the cooled mixture was added imidazole (20 g, 294 mmol), TBS-Cl (31 g, 206 mmol), and DMF (40 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 16 h. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was subject to silica column chromatography (eluting a mixture of DCM:TEA:MeOH 40:2:1) to give 4-(4-{[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}phenyl>1H-rrnidazole (15 g, 59%). LCMS: m/z 275.2 (M+H)+.
Steps 2-3. The product from the previous step was reacted under the conditions described in Intermediate 7 (Steps 2-3) to provide 4-(4-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}phenyl)-5»iodo-1- methyl-1 H-imidazole. LCMS : m/z 415.2 (M+H)+.
Step 4, The product from the previous step was reacted under the conditions described in Example 36 to provide 2-[4-(4-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} phenyl)-! -methyl- 1H-imidazol-5- yl]-5-chloropyridine. LCMS: m/z 432.3 (M+H)+. Step 5. The product from the previous step (750 mg, 1.736 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL), TBAF (IM in THF, 2.08 mL). After stirring at rt for 2 h, the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. The volatiles were evaporated and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 4-{5-[(5- chloropyridin-2-yl)thio]-l~methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenol. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3)2CO): δ 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, 2H)5 7.71 (d, 1H), 6.91 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d 2H) 3.72 (s 3H). LCMS: m/z 318.1 (M+H)+.
Step 6. Ethyl 2-bromoisobutyrate (3 mL, 20.14 mmol) was added to a solution of the product from the previous step (3.2 g, 10.07 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1O g, 30.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (13 mL). The mixture was stirred at 50°C over the weekend, Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to afford the title compound as a pale orange oil which was used in the subsequent steps with out further purification. LCMS: m/z 374.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 124
2~(4-(5-|'(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio1-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenoxv')-2"methyIpropanamide
Figure imgf000079_0001
Step 1. To a solution of Example 123 (0.2 g, 0.495 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) and water (1 rnL) was added excess potassium hydroxide. The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h, cooled, neutralized with aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted several times with ethyl acetate affording 2-(4-{5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio]-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenoxy)~2-- methylpropanoic acid which was used in the next Step with out further purification.
Step 2. To a solution of the product from the previous step (105 mg, 0.259 mmol), 1- hydroxylbenzotriazole hydrate (99 mg, 0.648 mmol), N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-N'- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (124 mg, 0.648 mmol), in dioxane (ImL) was added ammonia (0.5M in dioxane) (1 mL, 0.5 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.272 Ml, 1.555 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 80° C for 3 h and the mixture was subjected to reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CDs)2CO): δ 8.42 (s, 1H)5 7.91-7.98 (br, 5H), 6.93 (d, 2H) 3.70 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 6H). (LCMS: m/z 403.3 (MH-H)+. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50=36.0 nM.
EXAMPLE 125 5-[(5-cliloropyridin-2-yl)thio1-4-[4-f2-hvdroxy-l , 1 -dimethylethoxy)phenyl-j- 1 -methyl- 1H- imidazol-3-ium trifluoroacetate
Figure imgf000080_0001
To a solution of Example 123 (50 mg, 129 mmol) in methanol (1 niL) at O°C was added excess NaBH4. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over the weekend, the mixture was subjected to reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3)2CO): 5 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.91- 7.98 (br, 5H), 6.93 (d, 2H) 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 1.30 (s, 6H). LCMS: m/z 403.3 (M+H)+. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC5O=I 97.9 nM.
EXAMPLE 126
3-C4- (5-ff 5-chloropyridm-2-yl)thiol-l -methvHH-imidazol-ΦvUphenoxyy 1 , Ll -trifluoro-3- methylbutan-2-ol
Figure imgf000080_0002
Step 1. To a dry solution of Example 123 (1 g, 2.174 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added DIBAL-H (1.5 M in toluene) at -78°C. The reaction was stirred at -78°C for 30 min. The solution was diluted with an aqueous solution of Rochelle's salt and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was removed, dried, filtered and conentrated giving rise to 2-(4- {5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio]- 1 -methyl-1 H-imidazol~4-yl}phenoxy)-2-methylpropanal which was used immediately in the next step. LCMS: m/z 388,3 (M+H)+.
Step 2. A solution of the product from the previous step (294 mg, 0.786 mmol), Arduenga's carbene (264 mg, 0.786), and (trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (0.377 mL, 2.357 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 16 h. The solution was diluted with 2N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was removed, dried, filtered and conentrated giving rise to an oil. The oil was dissolved in THF and treated with 2 mL of TBAF (IM in THF). The solution was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC. The fractions containing the product were collected and concentrated to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, (CD3)2CO): δ 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.09-7.06 (br, 3H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H). LCMS: m/z 458.1 (M+H)+. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC5O=I 85.5 nM.
EXAMPLE 127
4- {5"[f4-chlorophenyl)1hio]-1-methyl-2-ρyridm-2-yl-1H-irnidazol-4-yl}-N-(2--hιvdroχy-1- methylethvDbenzamide
Figure imgf000081_0001
Step 1. A solution of methyl 4-(5-iodo-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-l/f-imidazol-4-yl)benzoate (Intermediate 7, Step 3, 1.5 g, 3.58 mmol) and lithium hydroxide (0.257 g, 10.73 mmol) in acetonitrile (6 mL) and water (6 mL) was heated to 5O°C for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and extracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to afford 4-(5- iodo-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yϊ-1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzoic acid. LCMS: m/z 406.0 (M+H)+.
Step 2. To a dry solution of the product from the previous step (500 mg, 1.234 mmol), and PyOP (963 mg, 1.851 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added DL-2-amino-1-ρropanol (0.145 mL, 1.851 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (0.407 mL, 3.70 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 4 h under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to afford N~(2~hydroxy-1- methylethyl)-4-(5-iodo-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)benzamide, LCMS: m/z 462.1 (M+H)+.
Step 3. The title compound was prepared from the product of the previous step by following the same procedure as described in Step 3 for Example 1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) : δ 8.69 (d, 1H)5 8.18 (d, 1H), 8.08 (d, 2H)5 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.56 (br, 2H), 1.25 (d> 3H). LCMS: m/z 479.1 (M+H)+. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50=77.9 nM.
EXAMPLE 128 3-K4-chlorophenvnthio]-2-r4-(methylsulfonvnphenyll-5,6,6aJ,8,9.10J0a- octahydroimidazo[ 1 ,2-h]- 1 ,7-naphthyridine
Figure imgf000082_0001
Step 1 : Mixed the naphthyridineamine B (781 mg, 5.38 πunol) and NaHCO3 (904 mg, 10.76 mmol) in THF (10 ml) and water (3.0 ml) and heated to reflux. The bromide A (1 ,94 g, 7.0 mmol) would not dissolve in THF (10 ml) so it was added over a few min. from a pipette as a suspension. Refluxed for 4 hrs then cooled to rt and stirred over the weekend. Diluted with EtOAc and water, filtered the reddish-brown solids and washed with EtOAc and water. Dissolved the solids in CH2Cl2 with a small amount of MeOH, dried over MgSO4, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac at rt. The reddish-brown foam was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, 2 1/4" χ 3"; 10% IPA-CH2Cl2) Pink solids, wt - 1.382 g (79%). LC- MS : [M+H]+ = 324.
Step 2: Dissolved the sulfone C (200 mg, 0.618 mmol) in acetic acid (20 ml) in a Parr bottle, added Ptθ2 (40 mg, 0.176 mmol) and reduced with H2 at 45 psi overnight. Filtered and added fresh catalyst to the filtrate; heated to 50 deg. C and continued reduction with H2 at atmospheric press. Heated for 2hrs then cooled to rt and continued reduction overnight. Filtered, added fresh catalyst (40 mg) for a third time and placed in a Parr bottle. Reduced with H2 at 42 psi over the weekend. Filtered through filtercel to remove catalyst and evaporated filtrate to dryness. Added sat'd. NaHCO3 and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3x), washed extracts with brine, dried over MgSO4, decolorized with charcoal, filtered and evaporated. Dried the foam under high vac at rt. Purified by prep TLC (SiO2, 20 x 20 cm, 1000 microns, 2 plates; 10% IPA-CH2Cl2). wt = 88 mg (43%). LC-MS: two peaks both with same MS (cis-trans isomers) [M+H]+ = 332.
Dissolved the amine (88 mg3 0.266 mmol) and TEA (0.044 ml, 0.309 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 ml) and added BOC anhydride (70 mg, 0.309 mmol). Stirred overnight at rt. LC-MS showed a lot of amine SM. so a large excess of both TEA and BOC anhydride was added; stirred over the weekend. Evaporated solvent and replaced with EtOAc. Washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac at rt. Amber oil. wt = 133 mg. LC-MS : two major peaks with same MS [M+H]+ = 432.
Step 3: Dissolved sulfone D (132 mg, 0.263 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5.0 ml) and added NIS (76 mg, 0.338 mmol) followed by TFA (1 drop). Stirred the solution at rt overnight. (LC-MS indicated that the reaction was complete after ~2 hrs). Diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with sat'd. NaHCO3 (Ix), 10% Na2S2O3 (2x) and brine (1 x). Dried over MgS O4, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac at rt. Amber oil. wt = 138 mg (94%). LC-MS: two major peaks (-2:1) with same MS [M+H]+ = 558. Used without further purification.
Step 4: Suspended the iodide E (137 mg, 0.246 mmol), neocuproine (13 mg, 0.62 mmol), CuI (12 mg, 0.063 mmol), p-chlorothiophenol (53.3 mg, 0.369 mmol) and K2CO3 (102 mg, 0.737 mmol) in a sealed vial with CPME (3.0 ml). Degassed by bubbling in N2 gas briefly then blanketed the vessel with N2, sealed with a threaded Teflon stopper and heated with stirring at 100 deg. C. Heated overnight. Cooled to it after 17 hrs. Diluted with CH2Cl2 and added water to dissolve K2CO3 and salts. Separated layers and extracted aqueous with CH2Cl2 (2x). Washed combined extracts with brine (Ix), dried over MgSO4, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac. rt. Purified by prep TLC (SiO2, 20 x 20 cm, 1000 microns, 2 plates; hexane-EtO Ac-MeOH, 12:8:2) Isolated two bands. ' wt less polar band - 21 mg (15%). Wt more polar band = 28 mg (20%). LC-MS : same for each band with [M+H]+ - 574.
Step 5: 3-K4-chlorophenyl'>sιιlfanvn-2-r4-(metfavϊsulfonyl)phenylV5.6.6aJ,8.9.1 (U Oa- octahydroimidazof 1 ,2-h] f 1 Jinaphthyridine (G; the title compound). Dissolved the BOC protected amine (more polar isomer) F (25.1 mg, 0.044 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 ml) and added 4M HCl in dioxane (2.0 ml). Stirred at rt. Solids pptd. Evaporated to dryness and added a small amount Of CH2Cl2 to the residue. Diluted with toluene and evaporated (2x). Dried the pink solids under high vac. at rt. wt - 23 mg (96%). LC- MS: [M+H]+ = 474. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) aromatic (d8.37, 7.96, 7.3 and 7.06, all d, 2H ea), aliphatic H (d43-0.95, various d,m, 12H), S-CH3 (d3.1, s, 3H). Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50 = 98.02 nM.
The example 129 in Table 9 was prepared following the same procedures as in Steps 1, 3 and 4 in Example 129 using the appropriate starting material.
TABLE 9
Figure imgf000084_0001
EXAMPLE 130 2-(4- {3-r(4-chlorophenvl)sιtlfanvl1imidazof 1 ,2-hl [ 1 J1naphthyridm-2-vl| phenyl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000085_0001
Dissolved the ester A (75 mg, 0.168 mmol) in THF (5 ml) and added 3M CH3MgCl in THF (0.280 ml, 0.841 mmol). Stirred at rt overnight. Quenched with sat'd. NH4Cl, added some water and EtOAc and separated layers; washed organic layer with brine (Ix), dried over MgSO4, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac at rt. Foam. Purified by prep TLC (SiO2, 20 x 20 cm, 1000 microns, 2 plates; hexane-EtO Ac-MeOH, 12:8:2) Yellow glass, wt - 36 mg (48%). LC-MS : [M+H]+ = 446. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) aromatics (d9.13-7.0, 8 d, 1 m, 13H total), OH (d3.52, s, ~1H), CH3 !s (dl .61 , s, 6H). Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50 = 47.13 nM.
EXAMPLE 131 6- { 5 - [( 5 -chl oropyridin-2-yl)sulfanyl1 -2- cyclopropyl - 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl } -2- difluoromethvDqumoline
Figure imgf000086_0001
Step 1 : Suspended the aldehyde A (472 rag, 2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 ml) and added a solution of
Deoxo-Fluor (0.627 ml, 3.4 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 ml) followed by EtOH (0.023 ml, 0.4 mmol).
Most solids dissolved. Stirred over the weekend at rt. Diluted with CH2Cl2 and added sat'd.
NaHCO3. Extracted with CH2Cl2 (3x), washed extracts with brine (Ix), dried over MgSO4, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac at rt. Light brownish orange solids, wt = 507 rng
(98%)
LC-MS : [M+H]+ - 258 > 260 for 1 Br. Used without further purification.
Step 2: Mixed the bromide B (504 mg, 1.953 mmol), BISPIN (506 mg, 1.992 mmol), PdCl2(dppf) (43 mg, 0.059 mmol) and KOAc (575 mg, 5.86 mmol) with DMSO (4.0 ml) in a sealed vial. Degassed by bubbling in N2 gas and then blanketing vessel with N2 and sealed with a Teflon stopper. Heated to 80-90 deg. C. Heated and stirred overnight. Cooled to rt after 16 hrs. Diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x), washed with brine (Ix), dried over MgSO4, decolorized with charcoal, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac at rt. Viscous amber oil which solidified on drying, wt = 429 mg. LC-MS : [M+H]+ = 306. Used without further purification.
Step 3: Dissolved commercially available 2-cyclopropyl-4-iodo-1-methyl-1H-imidazole (241 mg, 0.973 mmol), the boronic acid C (429 mg, 1.167 mmol) and PdCl2(dppf) (21.4 mg, 0.029 mmol) in DMF (3.2 ml) and added Na2CO3 (516 nig, 4.87 mmol) and water (0.72 ml) in a sealed tube and degassed by bubbling in N2 gas, placed under N2 and sealed with a threaded Teflon stopper. Heated to 90 deg C. for 6 hrs.then cooled to rt and stirred over the weekend. Diluted with water and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3x), washed extracts with brine (Ix), dried over MgSO4, decolorized with charcoal, filtered, evaporated filtrate to dryness and dried under high vac at rt. The viscous dark brown oil was purified by prep TLC (SiO2, 20 x 20 cm,1000 microns, 3 plates; hexane-EtOAc, 1 :1). Off-white solids. wt = 102 mg (35%). LC-MS : [M+H]+ - 300.
Step 4: Dissolved the imidazole D (100 mg, 0.334 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 ml) and added NIS (83 mg, 0.368 mmol) and 1 drop of TFA. The clear amber solution was stirred at rt for 2 hrs. Diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with sat'd. NaHCO3, dilute Na2S2O3 and brine (Ix ea); dried over MgSO4, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac at rt. Off-white solids, wt = 114 mg (80%). LC-MS : [M+H]+ - 426.
Step 5: . Mixed the iodide E (57 mg, 0.134 mmol) and 3-chloro-6-ρyridinethiol (21.5 mg, 0.147 mmol) in BPA (5 ml) in a sealed tube and added CuI (2.8 mg, 0.015 mmol), K2CO3 (37 mg, 0.268 mmol) and ethylene glycol (0.015 ml, 0.268 mmol). Degassed by bubbling in N2 gas for several min., blanketed under N2 and sealed the flask with a Teflon stopper. Heated to 80 deg. C. Stirred and heated the suspension overnight. Cooled to rt and evaporated to dryness. Added water to the residue and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3x); washed extracts with brine (Ix), dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. Purified by prepTLC (SiO2, 20 x 20 cm, 1000 micron, 1 plate; hexane-EtOAc. 3:1) Developed in chamber 3x allowing separation of product from SM. Colorless glass, wt = 31 mg (52%) LC-MS : [M+H]+ = 443. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) aromatics (d8.5, s,d, 2H; d8.42, s, 1H; d8.3s 8.1, 7.7, 7.5 and 6.81, all d, 1H ea), CHF2 (d 6.79, t with large coupling constant, 1H), CH3 (d3.73, s, 3H), CH cyclopropyl (dl .98S m, 1H), CH2-CH2 cyclopropyl (dl .25 and 1.13, both m, 2H ea). Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50 = 17.9 DM.
EXAMPLE 132 6-{5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yπtriio]-2-cyclopropyl-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl>-NJv'- dimethylqυinoline-2-carboxanude
The Example 132 in Table 10 was prepared following the same procedures as in Example 131 replacing Step 1 as follows.
Step 1 : Suspended the 6-bromoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 3.93 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 ml), added DMF (0.912 ml, 11.78 mmol) and cooled in an ice bath. Added oxalyl chloride (0.688 ml, 7.86 mmol) dropwise over a few min. Warmed to rt and stirred for 1 hr then bubbled in dimethylamine gas for several min. Stirred the dark amber mixture at rt overnight. Diluted with water and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3x). Washed extracts with brine (Ix), dried over MgSO^ decolorized with charcoal, filtered, evaporated and dried under high vac, rt. Amber oil which solidified on drying, wt - 990 mg (90%). LC-MS : [M+H]+ = 279, 281.
TABLE 10
Figure imgf000088_0001
EXAMPLE 133 5-j-f4-chlorophenyl)thio1-2-iodo-l"methyl-4-r4-(methγlsulfonyl)phenyr|-1H'-imidazole
Figure imgf000089_0001
Step 1: To the solution of l-raethyl-4-[4-(raelhylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-iinida2θle (2.3 g, 9.73 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (6 ml) was added TFA (3.0 ml, 38.9 mmol), and NIS (2.41 g, 10.71) at rt. After being stirred at rt for 3 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2, quenched with NaHCO3 (aq), washed with aq Na2S2O3, water and brine. Dried over Na2SO^ filtered and concentrated to afford 5-iodo-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-irnidazole (3.4 g) which was used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: [M+l]+ =363.0
Step 2: To a dry suspension of the Step 1 product (1.0 g, 2.76 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.15 g, 8.28 mmol), copper (I) iodide (53 mg, 0.276 mmol), and 4-chlorobenzenethiol (0.439 g, 3.04 mmol) in isopropanol (10 ml) under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added ethylene glycol (0.46 ml, 8.28 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C for 16 h. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried (MgSO4), concentrated, and purified on silica gel column eluting a gradient of 6-50% acetone in CH2Cl2 to give 5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole (860 mg) . LCMS: [M+1J1 =379.1
Step 3: To the solution of Step 2 product (200mg, 0.528 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.5 ml) was added TFA (3 ml) and NIS (238 mg, 1.06 mmol) at rt, and then reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. Reaction mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated. To the residue was added CH2Cl2, quenched with NaHCO3 (aq), washed with aq Na2S2O3, water and brine. Dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. Separated by prep TLC (hex:EtOAc = 1:1) to give 5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-iodo-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole as light yellow solid (180 mg). LCMS: [M+lf =505.0 Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50- 15.6 nM. EXAMPLE 134
4- { 5 - f (4-chlorophen vDsul fanyl] - 1 -methyl-4- [ 4-(methylsul fonvDphenyl ] - 1 H-imidazol-2- yl } - 1 - methyl- 1 H-υyrazole
Figure imgf000090_0001
A mixture of Example 133 compound (60 mg, 0.119 mmol), methylpyrazole boronic acid (29.7 mg, 0.143 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (13.7 mg, 0.012 mmol), K3PO4 (50.5 mg, 0.238 mmol, aq) in dioxane (2 ml) was vacuumed and purged to N2 for 3 times., then reaction mixture was heated at 110°C for 3 hrs. Reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine dried and concentrated. Separated by prep TLC (hex:EtOAc:CH3OH = 6:5:1) to give 4-{5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazol-2-yl}"l-methyl-1H- pyrazole (25 mg) 1H 3NMR (500 MHz), [(CDCl3]: 8.35 (m, 1H), 7.95 (m, 3H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H).LCMS: [M+lf -459.0. Human FAAH lysate assay: ICsO= 13.9 nM.
The Examples in Table 11 were prepared following the procedures described in Example 134 using the appropriate Boronic acid.
TABLE I l
Figure imgf000090_0002
Figure imgf000091_0002
EXAMPLE 137
5 - |Y4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl-|- 1 -methyl-4- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2-f thiophen-2-yl)- 1 H- imidazole
Figure imgf000091_0001
A mixture of Example 133 compound (34 mg, 0.067 mmol), thiophene tin reagent (22.34 μl, 0.0704 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (77.42 mg, 0.067 mmol) in dioxane (1 ml) was vacuumed and purged to N2 for 3 times, then reaction mixture was heated at 11O°C for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, added KF (sat, 1 ml), stirred at rt for one hour, filtered, washed with EtOAc, and separated to two layers. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried, filtered, concentrated, and separated by prep TLC (CH2Cl2:Hex:EtOAc = 3:3:1) to afford 5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl] - 1 -methyl -4- [ 4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl] -2- (thiophen-2 -yl)- 1 H-imidazole (25 mg). 1H NMR (500 MHz)5 [CDCl3]: 8.38 (m, 2H), 7.95 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H)5 3.05 (s, 3H). LCMS: [M+l]+ =461.0. Human FAAH lysate assay: ICso" 16.5 nM.
The Examples in Table 12 were prepared following the procedures described in Example 137 using the appropriate tin reagents.
TABLE 12
Figure imgf000091_0003
Figure imgf000092_0001
EXAMPLE 140
3-4f-(5-[f4-chlorophenvπsulfanvlV2-(l-ethvl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-ΪH-imida2ol-4- yl)phenyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000093_0001
Step 1 : The same procedure in Example 134 was used in this step and the starting material iodoimidazole was prepared following the similar procedure of Step 1 in Example 133. LCMS: [M+ 1]+ =476.1.
Step 2: To a solution of step 1 product (2.4 g, 5.04 mmol) in CH3OH (25 ml) was added HCl (37%, 1.66 ml, 20.2 mmol) at rl, then heated at 50°C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. To the residue was added Et2O5 filtered and collected to give 4-{5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-1-methyl«2-(1H~pyrazol-5-yl)-1H-imidazo l-4-yl}benzonitrile (2.1 g), which was used for the next reaction without purification. LCMS: [M+l]+ = 392.1
Step 3: To a solution of the step 2 product (400 mg, 1.02 mmol) in DMF (8 ml) at 0°C was added NaH (82 mg, 2.04 mmol). After stirred at 0°C for 0.5 hr, CH3CH2Br (0.114 ml, 1.53 mmol) was added and stirred at O°C for one hour, and then at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and separated by HPLC (8400% EtOAc in hex) to give 4-{5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-( 1 -ethyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3-yl)- 1 -methyl- 1 H -imidazol-4-yl } benzonitrile (250 mg) as yellow solid. LCMS: [M+lf - 420.1
Step 4: To a suspension of step 3 product C-5 (240 mg, 0.572 mmol) in EtOH (5 ml) was added hydroxylamine (199 mg, 2.86 mmol) and DIEA (0.498 ml, 2.86 mmol). After stirred at rt for 10 min, the reaction mixture was heated at 8O°C for 2 hrs. and then concentrated. To the residue was added EtOAc and washed with Na2CO3 (aq), organic layer was dried, and concentrated to give 4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l-ethyl-1H»pyrazol-3~yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-N'- hydroxybenzenecarboximidamide (230 mg), which was used for further reaction without purification. LCMS: [M+lf = 453.2.
Step 5: To a suspension of step 4 product (250 mg, 0.552 mmol) in triethyl orthoformate (9.09 ml, 55.2 mmol) was added BF3 etherate (0.699 μl, 5.52 μmol) and the mixture stirred at 110°C for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3 (aq), organic layer was dried, and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel column eluting a gradient of 8-70% EtOAc in hexane to afford 3-(4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l-ethyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3-yl)- 1 -methyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-l ,2,4-oxadiazole (130 mg; more polar; the major regioisomer. There was also a minor regioisomer that was the subject of the next example). 1HNMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 8.15 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 4.28 (q, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 1.60 (t, 3H). LCMS: [M+l]+ =463.1 (rt = 1.16 min). Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50- 28.7 nM.
EXAMPLE 141
3 -C4- j 5- [Y4-chlorophenyl)su]fanvl1 -2-( 1 -ethyl- 1 H-pyrazol-5-vD- 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4- yl} phenyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000094_0001
From the Step 5 of Example 140, a minor regioisomer was also isolated, which was 3-(4-{5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l -ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)- 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl} phenyl)- 1 ,2,4- oxadiazole (20 mg; less polar). 1H NMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.55 (m, 1H), 4.60 (q, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 1.60 (t, 3H). LCMS: [M+lf =463.1 (rt - 1.23 min). Human FAAH lysate assay: ICS0= 67.9 nM.
EXAMPLE 142
3-(4-{54(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-1-methyl-2-[l-(prppan-2:yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-1H-imidazol-
4-yl } phenyl)- 1 Λ2 ,4-oxad i azole
Figure imgf000095_0001
Stepl: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 3 in Example 140 except that bromoethane was replaced with 2-bromopropane. LCMS: [M+l]+ =434.1.
Step2: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140. LCMS: [M+l]+ =467.3.
Step3: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 5 in Example 140. 1H NMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 8.16 (m, 2H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 1.56 (d, 6H). LCMS: [M+lf =447.3. Human FAAH lysate assay: ICsO=" 15.6 nM. EXAMPLE 143
3-C4- { 5-f { 4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl] - 1 -methyl-2-f 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)- 1 H-imidazol-4- yl i phenyl)- 1.2 ,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000096_0001
Stepl : This step followed the similar procedure of Step 3 in Example 140 except that bromoethane was replaced with iodomethane. LCMS : [M+ 1 J+ =406.1.
Step2: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140. LCMS: [M+l]+ -439.1
Step3: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 5 in Example 140. 1H NMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.78 (s, 1H)3 8.28 (m, 2H), 8.16 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 2H)5 7.02 (m, 2H), 7.0 (m, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 4.00 (s, 3H),. LCMS: [M+lf =449.1. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50= 11.7 nM. EXAMPLE 144
Z-(A- {5- [(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl] -2-( 1 -cyclopropyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 - vD- 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4- vUphenvD-1 ,2,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000097_0001
Step 1 : To a mixture of Step 2 product of Example 140 (150 mg, 0.383 mmol), cyclopropyl boronic acid (132 mg, 1.53 mmol) and Cu(H) acetate (139 mg, 0.766 mmol) in dioxane (2.0 ml) were added DMAP (187 mg, 1.53 mmol), Cs2CO3 (125 mg, 0.383 mmol) and 1, 10- phenanthroline (276 mg, 1.53 mmol) in a sealed tube under N2, stirred at it for 30 min and then heated at 9O°C for overnight. Reaction mixture was diluted water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and separated by prep TLC (hex: EtOAc =2:1) to afford 4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H- imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile (60 mg) as white solid. LCMS: [M+l]+ =432.0.
Step2: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140. LCMS: [M+ 1]+ =465.0.
Step3: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 5 in Example 140. 1H NMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 8.16 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 2H)3 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s> 3H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 1.12 (m, 2H), 1.05 (m, 2H). LCMS: [M+lf =475.0. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50= 7.4 nM. EXAMPLE 145
4- {5-[(4-cMorophenyl)sulfanyll-2-f 1 -(2-hydroxy-2-methylρroρyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-γl]-l -methyl-
1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzpnitrile
Figure imgf000098_0001
Step 1 : To a mixture of Siep 2 product of Example 140 (100 mg, 0.255 mmol) in THF (2 ml) at 0°C was added NaH (20.4 mg, 0.510 mmol). After stirred at 0°C for 1 hr, ethyl bromo acetate (0.034 ml, 0.306 mmol) was added and then stirred at 0°C for one hour. Reaction mixture was quenched with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, separated by prep. TLC (Hex:EtOAc = 2:1) to give ethyl (3-{5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]"4-(4-cyanophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl}-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)acetate (70 mg) desired compound. LCMS: [M+l]+ -478.0.
Step 2: To a solution of the stepl product (30 mg, 0.063 mmol) in THF (2 ml) at 0°C was added CH3MgCl (0.105 ml, 0.314 mmol, 3M in THF). After being stirred at 0°C for 0.5 hr, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with NH4Cl, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and separated by prep. TLC (Hex:EtOAc = 1 : 1 ) to afford 4- {5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-[ 1 -(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-3-yl]- 1 -methyl- 1 H- ϊmidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile (7 mg). 1H NMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.28 (m, 2H)5 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.02 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 6H). LCMS: [M+l]+ =464.2. Human FAAH lysate assay: IC5(T= 23.1 nM.
EXAMPLE 146 2-{5-r(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyll4-methyl-4-[4-(1.2.4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenvn-1H-iinidazol-2- yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000099_0001
Step 1 : To a solution of the iodoimidazole (Example 140 starting material, 100 mg, 0.221 mmol) in THF (2 ml) was added n-BuLi (0.097 ml, 0.244 mmol, 2.5 M) at -78°C. After being stirred at - 78°C for half hour, acetone (0.02 mL, 0.266 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for another 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched with NH4Cl, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried, concentrated, and purified by prep TLC (hex:EtOAc = 2:1) to give 4-{5-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitrile (25 mg) as white solid LCMS: [M+l]+ =384.3.
Step 2: This step followed the similar procedure of Step 4 in Example 140. LCMS: [M+l]+ =417.3,
Step 3: To a suspension of Step 2 product (120 mg, 0.288 mmol) in triethyl orthoformate (4.74 ml, 28.8 mmol) was added BF3 etherate (0.365 μl, 2.88 μmol) and the mixture stirred at 1 1O°C for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3 (aq): organic layer was dried, and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep TLC (hex:EtOAc - 2:1) to give 2-{5~[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-1-methyl-4-[4-(1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenyl]-1H- imidazol"2-yl}propan-2-ol (7 mg, more polar product. There was a less polar product which is the subject of Example 147). 1H NMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 8.15 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.02 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 1.80 (s, 6H). LCMS: [M+lf =427.0 (it = 1.10). Human FAAH lysate assay: IC5O= 208.4 iiM.
EXAMPLE 147 3-(4"{5-[-(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(2-ethoxypropan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-vl}phenyl)-
1,2,4-oxadiazole
Figure imgf000100_0001
From Step 3 of Example 147, the title compound 3-(4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]~2~(2- ethoxypropan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-l?2,4~oxadiazole was also isolated (52 mg, less polar product). 1H NMR (500 MHz), [CDCl3]: 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.22 (m, 2H), 8.16 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 2H)5 6.98 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.30 (q, 2H), 1.78 (s, 6H), 1.21 (t, 3H). LCMS: [M+lf -455.2 (rt = 1.23). Human FAAH lysate assay: IC50= 24.4 nM.
EXAMPLE 148
2-(5-{5-[(5-chlρroρyridin-2-yl)sulfanyl]-2-(5-cycloproρylisoxazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-
4i.yl } pyridin-2-yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000101_0001
Step 1: To a solution of methyl 5-bromopyridine-2-carboxylate (5.0 g, 23.1 mg) in dioxane (80 ml) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (1.34 g, 1.16 mmol) and tributyl(l-ethoxyethenyl)slannane (8.60 ml, 25.5 mmol). After stirring the reaction mixture at reflux temp for overnight, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 10% KF solution (aqueous), filtered though celite, dried, concentrated, and separated by HPLC (8-70% EtOH in hexane) to give methyl 5-(l- ethoxyethenyl)ρyridine-2-carboxylate (4.8 g). LCMS: [M+H]+ = 208.2 Step 2: To a solution of step 1 product (780 mg, 3.76 mmol) in THF (37.5 ml) and H2O (2.5 ml) was added NBS (670 nig, 3.76 mmol) in one portion. The solution was stirred at rt for 10 min, solvent was removed and purified on silica gel column eluting a gradient of 8-75% EtOAc in hexane to afford methyl 5-(bromoacetyl)pyridine-2-carboxylate (0.92 g) LCMS: [M+H]+ = 258.1, 260.1.
Step 3: To a solution of S-cyclopropylisoxazole-θ-carboxylic acid (153 mg, 1.00 mmol) in ethanol (6 ml) was added cesium carbonate (165 mg, 0.506 mmol). After stirring the reaction mixture for 1 hr, it was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DMF (2 ml), Step 2 product (258 mg, 1.00 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water, the organic layer was dried and concentrated to afford methyl 5-({[(5-cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)carbonyl]oxy}acetyl)pyridine-2-carboxylate (380 mg) as an yellow oil, which was used in the next step without purification. LCMS: [MH-H]+ = 331.2.
Step 4: To a solution of the product from Step 3 (330 mg, 1.0 mraol) in xylene (3 ml) was added ammonium acetate (771 mg, 10 mmol) and heated to reflux for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc, washed with NaHCO3, the organic layer was dried, concentrated, and separated by prep TLC (hex:EtOAc: CH3OH = 6:5:1) to give 2-{5-[2-(5- cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl]pyiidin-2-yl}propan-2-ol (60 mg) as yellow solid. LCMS: [M+H]+ = 311.2.
Step 5: To a solution of product from Step 4 (60 mg, 0.193 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added cesium carbonate (126 mg, 0.387 mmol). After being stirred for 10 min, CH3I (0.013 ml, 0.213 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with NaHCO3 (sat), dried, concentrated, and separated by prep TLC (hex:EtOAc: CH3OH = 6:5:1) to give 2- {5-[2-(5-cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)-l -methyl- 1H-imidazol-4- ylJpyridin-2~yl}propan-2-ol (45 mg) LCMS: [M+H]+ = 325.3.
Step 6: This step followed the procedure of Step 1 in Example 133. LCMS: [M+lf = 451.1.
Step 7: This step followed the procedure of Step 2 in Example 133. 1H NMR (500 MHz), [(CD3OD]: 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.41 (m, 1H), 8.25 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 1.52 (s, 6H), 1.18 (m, 2H), 1.02 (m, 2H). LCMS: [M+l]+ - 468.3. Human FAAH lysate assay: ICsO= 91.0 nM.
While the invention has been described and illustrated with reference to certain particular embodiments thereof, those skilled in the art will appreciate that various adaptations, changes, modifications, substitutions, deletions, or additions of procedures and protocols maybe made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of the formula I:
Figure imgf000104_0001
I π
X is S or SO;
Rl 2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) -C1_4alkyl,
(2) -haloC1-4alkyl,
(3) H; n is 0, 1 or 2;
Rl is selected from the group consisting of: (1) aryl, and
(2) HETl ,
wherein choice (1) and (2), is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) -CN,
(c) mono, di or tri-halo Cl -4 alkyl,
(d) -OCj -4 alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or amino,
(e) -C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from hydroxy., CN, -CHF2 and -CF3 ,
(f) -C jL-2alkyl-C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or
CN,
(g) -S(O)nC1-4alkyl, (h) -S(O)nNR6R7, (i) ^C(O)-NH-NR8R9,
G) -C(O)-OH,
(k) -C(O)-OC 1 _4alkyl, optionally substituted with halo or hydroxy,
(1) -C(O)-NRlORl I,
(m) -C(O)-C i_4alkyl optionally mono, di or tri substituted with halo, (o) -C(NRlZ)-NRnRl^
(p) HET4,
(q) aryl,
(r) -C(O)-NH-NH-C(O)H, (s) -CH2-C(O)-O-C1-4alkyl, whereas the CH2 may be optionally substituted with C1.4 alkyl or OH
(t) -CH2-C(O)N Rl 5Rl 6, whereas the CH2 may be optionally substituted with C]-4 alkyl or OH, and
(u) -NR17R18,
wherein choices (p) and (q) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from
(l) halo,
(2) -CN, (3) -OH,
(4) -C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(5) -CF3,
(6) -0C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo,
(7) -C(O)OH5 and (8) -C(O)O-C1 _3alkyl;
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R205
(1O) -NH2,
(l l) Oxo,
(12) -S,
wherein R6,R7, R8, R9, RI O, Rl 1 , Rl 2, Rl 3, Rl 4, Rl 5, Rl 6, Rl 7, Rl 8, Rl 9 and R20, are each independently selected from H and C1_4alkyl, or
R6 and R7 or R8 and R9 or RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 3 and RH or Rl 5 and Rl 6 or Rl 7 and Rl S or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5-rnembered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, oxo, C]-4alkyl, hydroxyC1-4alkyl, haloC1-4alkyl, -C(O)-C i-4alkyϊ and ~S(0)nC1-4alkyl;
R^ is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl,
(2) HET3, (3) -CH2-aiyl,
(4) -CH2-HET3,
(5) -C1-galkyl, and
(6) -C3-6cycloaIkyl, wherein choice (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) halo, (b) -CN, (C) -OH3 (d) -C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
Ce) -CF3,
(f) -0Cχ.4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo, (g) -C(O)O-C1 -3alkyl; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(D aryl,
(2) HET5, and
(3) C3-6cycloalkyl, wherein choice (1), (2) and (3) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) hydroxy,
(b) halo,
(c) -C3-6cycloalkyl,
(d) -OCS-Scycloaϊkyl,
(e) -CM alkyl,
(f) -OC1-4 alkyl,
(g) -C(O)CH3
(h) mono., di or tri-halo C i -4 alkyl,
(i) mono, di or tri-halo -OC1 „4 alkyl, and
(j) -S(O)n-Cl-4 alkyl.
2. A compound of Claim 1 wherein:
Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
(D phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyridazinyl,
(4) pyrimidinyl,
(5) pyrazinyl, (6) thiazolyl,
(7) thienyl,
(8) pyrrolyl,
(9) oxazolyl, and
(10) a bicycKc ring selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000107_0001
wherein choice of (1) to (9) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of (a) halo,
(b) -CN,
(C) mono, di or tri-halo C] -4 alkyl,
(d) -O-C1-4alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxyl, halo or amino
(e) -C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or CN,
(f) -C1_2alkyl-C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy,
(h) -S(O)nC1-4alkyl wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, 0) -S(O)nNROR?, 0) -C(O)-NR* ORI I ,
(k) HET4=
(D aryl, and wherein choices (k) and (1) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from
(l) halo, (2) -CN, (3) -OH,
(4) -C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(S) -CF3,
(6) -OC1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy! or halo,
(T) -C(O)OH, (8) -C(O)O-C1 -3alkyl, and
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R20,
wherein R6, R7; RlO5 Rl 15 Rl9 and R2O, are each independently selected from H and C1-4alkyl, or RO and R? or Rl 0 and R* 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1_4alkyl, -C(O)- C1_4alkyl and -S(0)nC1-4alkyl.
3. A compound of Claim 2 wherein: Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl, (2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyrimidinyl,
(4) pyrazinyl, and
(5) pyridazinyl, optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) -C1 _4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy,
(b) -S(O)n4alkyl,
(c) -C(O)-NRlORl I3
(d) HET4, and (e) halo, wherein choice (d) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from: (l) halo, (2) -CN, (3) -OH,
(4) -C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(S) -CF3,
(6) -OC1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo, (7) -C(O)OH, and
(8) -C(O)O-C1 -3alkyl, and
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R203 wherein RlO, Rl 1, Rl 9 and R20 are each independently selected from H and C1-4alkyl, or RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 member ed heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di~ substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C]-4alkyl, -C(O)-Cj-
4alkyl and -S(0)nC1_4alkyl.
4, A compound of Claim 1 wherein: R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl,
(2) HET3, (3) -C1-eaJkyl, and
(4) -C3_6cycloalkyl? wherein choice (1), (2), (3), and (4) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) halo, (b) -CN,
(c) ~OH,
(d) -Hydroxy C1_4alkyl,
(e) - C1-4alkyl,
(f) - C1-4haloaikyl, and (g) -O C i -4alkyl, optionally substituted with halo or hydroxyl.
5. A compound of Claim 4 wherein:
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) aryl, and
(2) HET3, wherein choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) halo, (b) -CN, (c) -OH,
(d) -hydroxy Cj -4 alkyl, (e) -CH3,
(f) ~CF3? and (g) -0CH3.
6. A compound of Claim 5 wherein:
R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyridazinyl, (4) pyrimidinyl,
(5) pyrizinyl,
(5) thiazolyl,
(6) oxazolyl, and
(7) pyrazolyl, wherein choice (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are each optionally mono or di-subslituted with halo, 0C1-4alkyl optially sunstituted with halogen, -~C1-4haIoalkyl, hydroxyϊ and CN.
7. A compound of Claim 1 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl, and
(2) HET5, wherein choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di~substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo,
(b) ~C3-6cycloalkyl,
(c) -C1 -4 alkyl,
(d) -OC1-4 alkyl,
(e) mono, di or tri-halo C \ -4 alkyl, and (f) mono, di or tri-halo -OC1_4 alkyl.
8. A compound of Claim 7 wherein
.
R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) pyrimidinyl,
(3) pyridinyl, wherein choices (1), (2) and (3) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, hal0C1-.4alk.yl, or-OC1_4alkyl optionally substituted with halo,
9. A compound of Claim 1 wherein X is S and lU 2 is methyl.
10. A compound of Claim 1 of the Formula
Figure imgf000111_0001
Ia Rl is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl, (2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyridazinyl,
(4) pyrimidinyl,
(5) pyrazinyl,
(6) thiazolyl, (7) thienyϊ,
(8) pyrrolyl,
(9) oxazolyl, and
(10) a bicyclic ring selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000112_0001
wherein choice of (1) to (9) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R4 and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) halo,
(b) -CN,
(c) mono, di or tri-halo Cj -4 alkyl,
(d) -O-C1_4alkyl, optionally substituted with hydroxyl, halo or amino (e) -C1 -4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or CN,
(f) -C1 _2alkyl-C3_6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, (h) -S(O)nC i _4alkyl wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, (i) -S(O)nNR^RV,
O) -C(O)-NRlORH, (k) HEX4,
(1) aryl, and wherein choices (k) and (1) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from
(ϊ) halo, (2) -CN,
(3) -OH, (4) — C 1 _4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(S) -CF3,
(6) -OC1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo,
(7) -C(O)OH, (8) -C(O)O-C1 _3alkyl, and
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R205
wherein R6, R7, RlO^ Rl 1, Rl9 and R20,, are each independently selected from H and C1_4alkyl, or R6 and R? or Rl O and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-4alkyl, -C(O)- C1-4alkyl and ~S(0)nC1-4alkyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) aryl,
(2) HET3,
(3) -C1-6alkyl, and
(4) -Cs-όcycloalkyl, wherein choice (1), (2), (3), and (4) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) halo,
(b) -CN,
(c) -OH, (d) -hydroxy C i _4alkyl,
Ce) - C1_4alkyl,
(f) - C1-4haloalkyl? and
(g) -O C1-4alkyl, optionally substituted with halo or hydroxyl; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of: (1) aryl, and
(2) HET5, wherein choice (1) and (2) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) halo, (b) -C3-6cycloalkyl,
(C) -CM alkyl,
(d) -OC1-4 alkyl,
(e) mono, di or tri-halo C 1-4 alkyl, and (f) mono, di or tri-halo -OC 1.4 alkyl.
11. A compound of Claim 10 wherein Rl is selected from the group consisting of: (1) phenyl,
(2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyrimidinyl,
(4) pyrazinyl, and
(5) pyridazinyl, optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents R^ and R5, which are independently selected from the group consisting of
(a) -C] _4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy,
(b) -S(O)n4alkyl,
(c) -C(O)-NRlORl I1 (d) HET4, and
(e) halo, wherein choice (d) is optionally mono or di-substituted with substituents selected from: (I) Ii-Uo1 (2) -CN, (3) -OH,
(4) -C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, halo or cyano,
(5) -CF3,
(6) -0C1_4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo,
(7) -C(O)OH, and (8) -C(0)0-C1-3alkyl, and
(9) -C(O)-NRl 9R20, wherein RlO, Rl 1, Rl 9 and R20 are each independently selected from H and C1^alkyl, or
RlO and Rl 1 or Rl 9 and R20 are joined together so that together with the atoms to which they are attached there is formed a 5 membered heterocyclic ring of 4 to 7 atoms, said ring containing 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N3 O and S, said ring being optionally mono or di- substituted with substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1_4alkyl, -C(O)-C1-
4alkyl and -S(O)nC1-4alkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl, (2) pyridinyl,
(3) pyridazinyl,
(4) pyrimidinyl,
(5) pyrizinyl, (5) thiazolyl,
(6) oxazolyl, and
(7) pyrazolyl, wherein choice (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, OC i -4alkyl optially substituted with halogen, -C I -4haloalkyl> hydroxyl and CN; and
R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) phenyl,
(2) pyrimidinyl,
(3) pyridinyl, wherein choices (1), (2) and (3) are each optionally mono or di-substituted with halo, haloC1-4alkyl, or -OC1^alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
12. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
4-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]~2-phenyl-1H-imidazol"4-yl}ben2onitrile, 4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-phenyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}benzonitriles
4- {4-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]~ 1 -methyl-2-phenyl-1H-imidazoi-5-yl}benzonitrile,
5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1,2-dimethyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-liϊ-imidazole,
5-[(4-CMorophenyl)thio]-2-ethyl-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole,
5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]~2-isopropyl-1-methyI-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]~1H~imidazole, 5~[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2~cyclopentyl-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-1H-imidazole,
5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2~cyclohexyl- 1 -methyl-4-[4-(memylsulfonyl)phenyl]- 1H-imidazole,
5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran~4-yl)-
1 //-imidazole,
4- { 5 - [ (4-chlorophenyl)thio]~ 1 -methyl - 1 H-imidazoϊ -4-yl } benzonitrile , 4-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2-iodo-1-methyl-1H--imidazol-4-yl}benzoiiitrile,
4- { 5- [(4-chlorophenyl)thio] - 1 ~ethyl-2-phenyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl } benzonitrile,
5-Chloro-2-({l-methyl-4-[4-(l ,3J4-oxadiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-5- yl}thio)pyridine,
2- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-4-[4-(5-methyl-l ,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-l F- imidazol-2-yl}pyridine,
4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio] -1 -methyl-2-pyridm-2~yl- 1 //-imidazol-4-yl } -TV- formylbenzohydrazide,
2-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-4-[4-(1,3,44hiadiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-1H-imidazol-2- yl) pyridine, 5-(4-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]~l"methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H~imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-l ,354- oxadiazol-2-amine,
5-(4-{5-[(4.Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-l;3,4- oxadiazol-2(3/i)-one, 5-(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l ~methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl} phenyl)- 1 ,3,4- oxadiazol-2(3H)-thione,
1 -(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- l//-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)ethanone,
1 -(4- { 5 - [(4-Chlorophenyl)thio] - 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1 H~imidazol-4-yl } phenyl)ethanol, l-(4-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-2,2- difluoroethanone,
1 -(4- { 5 -[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio] - 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl }phenyl)-2 ,2- difluoroethanol,
1 -(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-li7-iiτiidazol-4-yi}phenyl)-2,2 ,2- trifluoroethanone,
1 -(4- (5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l "inethyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H--imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)~2,2,2- trifluoroethanol,
Methyl 2-(4- {5- [(4-chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl- 1 /f-iraidazol-4-yl } phenyl)-2- methylpropanoate, 2-[5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-4~(4-iodophenyl)-1-methyl-li/"imidazol-2-yl]pyridine,
2- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]~ 1 -methyl-4-[4-(1H-pyrazol-l -yl)phenyl]-1H-imidazol-2- yl}pyridine,
2- {5-E(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-4-[4-(lF-imidazoM -yl)phenyl]-l -methyl- 1H-imidazol-2- yl}pyridine, 4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2-phenyl~l/f-imidazol-4-yl}benzamide;
3-(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]~l -methyl-2 -phenyl- li/-imidazol~4-yl} phenyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole,
2-(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 ~methyl-2-phenyl-1H-imidazol"4-yl}phenyl)propan-2-ol,
4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2-phenyl- l/f-imidazol-4-yl}benzoic acid,
5-(4-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]4-methyl-2-phenyl-l/-/-imidazol~4-yl}phenyl)-1H-l>2,4-triazole, 2-(4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -me%l-2-phenyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)-2~ methylprop anenitrile ,
2-(4- {5-E(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-l -methyl-2-phenyl- 1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)"2- methylpropanami de,
5-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yI-1H-imidazol-4-yl}pyridi.ie-2-carboiiitrile, 6- { 5 - [(4-chlorophenyl)thio] ~ 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl - 1 H-imidazol-4-yϊ } nicotinonitril e,
4- {5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]~l -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl} aniline, and
2-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-4-[4-(2"methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]-l//-iraidazol-2- yl} pyridine,
Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0002
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Claim 14, A compound according to Claim 1, selected from 5-Chloro-2-({l-methyl-4-[6-(methylsulfonyl)pyridin-3-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-5- yl}thio)ρyridine,
2-(5-{5-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}pyridin-2-yl)propan-
2-ol,
5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-4-[4-(2-furyl)phenyl]-1-methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-1H-imidazol-3-ium trifluoroacetate,
2- {5-[(4-cMorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-4-[4-( 1 ,3-tbiazol-2-yl)phenyl]- 1H-imidazol-2-yl} pyridine, ethyl 4- { 5- [(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio] - 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl } benzoate,
2-(4- {5-[(5-chloropyiidin-2-yl)thio]-l -methyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}phenoxy)-2- methylpropanamide, 5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio]-4-[4-(2-hydroxy-l,l-dimethylethoxy)phenyl]-1-methyl-1H- imidazol-3-ium trifluoroacetate,
3-(4- {5-[(5-chloroρyridin-2-yl)thio]- 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-yl }phenoxy)- 1 ,1,1 -trifluoro-3- methylbutan-2-ol,
4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]- 1 -methyl-2-pyridin-2-yl-l H-imidazol-4-yl} -N-(2-hydroxy-l - methylethyl)benzamide,
3-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-5,6,6a37,8,9,10,10a- octahydroimidazo[ 1 }2~h]-l ,7-naphthyridine,
2-(4- {3-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]imidazo[ 1 ,2-h] [ 1 ,7]naphthyridin-2-yl}phenyl)propan-2-ol,
6-{5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)sulfanyl]-2-cyclopropyl-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-2- difluoromethyl)quinoline,
6-{5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)thio]-2-cyclopropyl-1-methyl-l/i'-imidazol-4-yl}-iV^V- dimethylquinoline-2-carboxamide,
5-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-2-iodo-1-methyl-4-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-l//-imidazole,
4- (5- [(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl] - 1 -methyl-4- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] - 1 H-imidazol-2-yl } - 1 - methyl- 1 H-pyrazol e,
3-4(_{5^(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazoI-4- yl)phenyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole,
3-(4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4~ yl}phenyl)-l ,2,4-oxadiazole, 3-(4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyI)sulfanyl]-1-methyl-2-[l-(propan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-1H-imidazol-
4-yl} phenyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole,
3-(4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-l -methyl-2-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3~yl)-l H-imidazol-4- yl} phenyl)-! ,2,4-oxadiazole, 3-(4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(l-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4- yl }phenyl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole,
4- {5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-[ 1 -(2-hydroxy-2-methylρropyl)- 1H-pyrazol-3-yl]- 1 -methyl- 1 H-imidazol"4-yl } benzonitrile,
2-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-1-methyl-4-[4-(l}2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenyl]-1H-imidazol-2- yl}propan-2-ol,
3-(4-{5-[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl]-2-(2-ethoxypropan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl}phenyl)- 1,2,4-oxadiazole,
2-(5-{5-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)sulfanyl]-2-(5-cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H~imidazol- 4-yl}pyridin-2-yl)propan-2-ol, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Claim 15. A compound according to Claim 1 , selected from
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
. 131 -
Figure imgf000133_0001
- 132-
Figure imgf000134_0002
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000135_0002
-134-
Figure imgf000136_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises an inert carrier and a compound of Claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
17. A method according to Claim 13, wherein the disease is selected from osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, skeletomuscular pain, and fibromyalgia, as well as acute pain, migraine, sleep disorder, Alzheimer Disease, and Parkinson's Disease.
18. Use of a compound according to Claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a physiological disorder associated with an excess of FAAH in a mammal.
PCT/US2009/046241 2008-06-11 2009-06-04 Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah WO2009152025A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2009257748A AU2009257748A1 (en) 2008-06-11 2009-06-04 Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of FAAH
JP2011513583A JP2011523959A (en) 2008-06-11 2009-06-04 Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of FAAH
EP09763316A EP2300438A4 (en) 2008-06-11 2009-06-04 Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah
US12/996,429 US8455528B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2009-06-04 Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of FAAH
CA2727245A CA2727245A1 (en) 2008-06-11 2009-06-04 Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13166908P 2008-06-11 2008-06-11
US61/131,669 2008-06-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009152025A1 true WO2009152025A1 (en) 2009-12-17

Family

ID=41417071

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/046241 WO2009152025A1 (en) 2008-06-11 2009-06-04 Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US8455528B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2300438A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2011523959A (en)
AU (1) AU2009257748A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2727245A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2009152025A1 (en)

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010101724A1 (en) 2009-03-04 2010-09-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Imidazole derivatives useful as modulators of faah and as faah imaging agents
WO2011085216A2 (en) 2010-01-08 2011-07-14 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating parkinson's disease and restless legs syndrome
WO2011094209A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of pain and other indicatons
WO2011123719A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating abdominal, visceral and pelvic pain
EP2555772A1 (en) * 2010-04-08 2013-02-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxazole derivatives useful as modulators of faah
WO2013186089A2 (en) 2012-06-14 2013-12-19 Basf Se Pesticidal methods using substituted 3-pyridyl thiazole compounds and derivatives for combating animal pests
WO2018130437A1 (en) 2017-01-10 2018-07-19 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
WO2018130443A1 (en) 2017-01-10 2018-07-19 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
US10047076B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2018-08-14 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Halogen-substituted compounds
EP3424499A1 (en) * 2017-07-05 2019-01-09 Frimline Private Limited A pharmaceutical composition for neuropathic pain
WO2019189731A1 (en) 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 住友化学株式会社 Heterocyclic compound and arthropod pest control composition containing same
WO2022002818A1 (en) 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
CN115322197A (en) * 2022-06-27 2022-11-11 北京师范大学 Imidazonaphthyridine compound with affinity to Tau protein and preparation method and application thereof

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JO3407B1 (en) 2012-05-31 2019-10-20 Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd Tetrahydropyrazolopyrimidine Compounds
PL3057964T3 (en) 2013-10-14 2020-05-18 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Selectively substituted quinoline compounds
MX363708B (en) 2013-10-14 2019-03-29 Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd Selectively substituted quinoline compounds.

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7057051B2 (en) * 2001-07-20 2006-06-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted imidazoles as cannabinoid receptor modulators
US7220770B2 (en) * 1994-07-28 2007-05-22 Khanna Ish K Heterocyclo-substituted imidazoles for the treatment of inflammation

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01243058A (en) * 1988-03-24 1989-09-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide color photographic sensitive material
ZA927272B (en) * 1991-10-29 1994-03-23 Du Pont Herbicidal triazolecarboxamides

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7220770B2 (en) * 1994-07-28 2007-05-22 Khanna Ish K Heterocyclo-substituted imidazoles for the treatment of inflammation
US7057051B2 (en) * 2001-07-20 2006-06-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted imidazoles as cannabinoid receptor modulators

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP2300438A4 *

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010101724A1 (en) 2009-03-04 2010-09-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Imidazole derivatives useful as modulators of faah and as faah imaging agents
US8664253B2 (en) 2009-03-04 2014-03-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp Imidazole derivatives useful as modulators of FAAH and as FAAH imaging agents
WO2011085216A2 (en) 2010-01-08 2011-07-14 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating parkinson's disease and restless legs syndrome
EP2528603A4 (en) * 2010-01-28 2013-09-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of pain and other indicatons
WO2011094209A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of pain and other indicatons
EP2528603A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2012-12-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of pain and other indicatons
CN102858338A (en) * 2010-01-28 2013-01-02 默沙东公司 Pharmaceutical Compositions For The Treatment Of Pain And Other Indicatons
WO2011123719A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating abdominal, visceral and pelvic pain
US9193697B2 (en) 2010-04-08 2015-11-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxazole derivatives useful as modulators of FAAH
JP2013523814A (en) * 2010-04-08 2013-06-17 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション Oxazole derivatives useful as regulators of FAAH
EP2555772A1 (en) * 2010-04-08 2013-02-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Oxazole derivatives useful as modulators of faah
EP2555772A4 (en) * 2010-04-08 2013-08-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Oxazole derivatives useful as modulators of faah
WO2013186089A2 (en) 2012-06-14 2013-12-19 Basf Se Pesticidal methods using substituted 3-pyridyl thiazole compounds and derivatives for combating animal pests
US10047076B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2018-08-14 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Halogen-substituted compounds
CN110382485B (en) * 2017-01-10 2022-05-10 拜耳公司 Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
WO2018130437A1 (en) 2017-01-10 2018-07-19 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
WO2018130443A1 (en) 2017-01-10 2018-07-19 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
CN110382485A (en) * 2017-01-10 2019-10-25 拜耳公司 Heterocycle ene derivative as pest control agent
AU2018207776B2 (en) * 2017-01-10 2021-06-17 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
US11058115B2 (en) 2017-01-10 2021-07-13 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocycle derivatives as pesticides
EP3424499A1 (en) * 2017-07-05 2019-01-09 Frimline Private Limited A pharmaceutical composition for neuropathic pain
WO2019189731A1 (en) 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 住友化学株式会社 Heterocyclic compound and arthropod pest control composition containing same
WO2022002818A1 (en) 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclene derivatives as pest control agents
CN115322197A (en) * 2022-06-27 2022-11-11 北京师范大学 Imidazonaphthyridine compound with affinity to Tau protein and preparation method and application thereof
CN115322197B (en) * 2022-06-27 2023-09-29 北京师范大学 Imidazonaphthyridine compound with affinity with Tau protein, and preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2300438A4 (en) 2012-06-27
JP2011523959A (en) 2011-08-25
CA2727245A1 (en) 2009-12-17
US8455528B2 (en) 2013-06-04
US20110269769A1 (en) 2011-11-03
AU2009257748A1 (en) 2009-12-17
EP2300438A1 (en) 2011-03-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2009152025A1 (en) Imidazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah
EP2299824B1 (en) Pyrazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah
US9045467B2 (en) Oxazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of FAAH
AU2011242961B2 (en) Oxazole derivatives useful as modulators of FAAH
EP2555772B1 (en) Oxazole derivatives useful as modulators of faah
US20110021531A1 (en) Oxazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of faah
AU2010221650B2 (en) Imidazole derivatives useful as modulators of FAAH and as FAAH imaging agents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09763316

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009257748

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009763316

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12996429

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2727245

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011513583

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009257748

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20090604

Kind code of ref document: A